WO2014133154A1 - Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment treatment agent - Google Patents
Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment treatment agent Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014133154A1 WO2014133154A1 PCT/JP2014/055138 JP2014055138W WO2014133154A1 WO 2014133154 A1 WO2014133154 A1 WO 2014133154A1 JP 2014055138 W JP2014055138 W JP 2014055138W WO 2014133154 A1 WO2014133154 A1 WO 2014133154A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- liquid crystal
- group
- carbon atoms
- formula
- display element
- Prior art date
Links
- 0 COC(C=Cc1ccc(**)cc1)=O Chemical compound COC(C=Cc1ccc(**)cc1)=O 0.000 description 9
- KXIMVDGJIWCJHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CCN(CC=C)c(ccc(N)c1)c1N Chemical compound C=CCN(CC=C)c(ccc(N)c1)c1N KXIMVDGJIWCJHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INXSPIZYWCOVBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)CCCC(C)C(CC1)C(C)(CC2)C1C(CC1)C2C(C)(CC2)C1CC2OC(c1cc(N)cc(N)c1)=O Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)C(CC1)C(C)(CC2)C1C(CC1)C2C(C)(CC2)C1CC2OC(c1cc(N)cc(N)c1)=O INXSPIZYWCOVBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBJKZAPXFXJAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)CCCC(C)C(CC1)C2(C)C1C1C=CC(CC(CC3)OC(c4cc(N)cc(N)c4)=O)C3(C)C1CC2 Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)C(CC1)C2(C)C1C1C=CC(CC(CC3)OC(c4cc(N)cc(N)c4)=O)C3(C)C1CC2 QSBJKZAPXFXJAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPBXQDIQCMDKAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)CCCC(C)C(CC1)C2(C)C1C1C=CC(CC(CC3)Oc(ccc(N)c4)c4N)C3(C)C1CC2 Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)C(CC1)C2(C)C1C1C=CC(CC(CC3)Oc(ccc(N)c4)c4N)C3(C)C1CC2 NPBXQDIQCMDKAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYLUHLJIAMFYKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CC1=C)OC1=O Chemical compound CC(CC1=C)OC1=O KYLUHLJIAMFYKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXBXYNAOMQKDIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CCC=C(C)C)C(CC1)C2(C)C1C1C=CC(CC(CC3)OC(c4cc(N)cc(N)c4)=O)C3(C)C1CC2 Chemical compound CC(CCC=C(C)C)C(CC1)C2(C)C1C1C=CC(CC(CC3)OC(c4cc(N)cc(N)c4)=O)C3(C)C1CC2 XXBXYNAOMQKDIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CO1)OC1=O Chemical compound CC(CO1)OC1=O RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWDYSYGXXCDTMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(CC=C1Br)C1=O Chemical compound CN(CC=C1Br)C1=O ZWDYSYGXXCDTMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAHPQISAXRFLCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc(ccc(N)c1)c1N Chemical compound COc(ccc(N)c1)c1N BAHPQISAXRFLCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UENRXLSRMCSUSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nc1cc(C(O)=O)cc(N)c1 Chemical compound Nc1cc(C(O)=O)cc(N)c1 UENRXLSRMCSUSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C1Oc(cccc2)c2C=C1 Chemical compound O=C1Oc(cccc2)c2C=C1 ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
- G02F1/13378—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation
- G02F1/133788—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation by light irradiation, e.g. linearly polarised light photo-polymerisation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08G73/1042—Copolyimides derived from at least two different tetracarboxylic compounds or two different diamino compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08G73/1075—Partially aromatic polyimides
- C08G73/1078—Partially aromatic polyimides wholly aromatic in the diamino moiety
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L83/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L83/04—Polysiloxanes
- C08L83/06—Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to oxygen-containing groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D179/00—Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
- C09D179/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C09D179/08—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G77/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G77/04—Polysiloxanes
- C08G77/14—Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to oxygen-containing groups
- C08G77/18—Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to oxygen-containing groups to alkoxy or aryloxy groups
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
- G02F1/133742—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers for homeotropic alignment
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a transmission / scattering type liquid crystal display element that is transparent when no voltage is applied and is in a scattering state when a voltage is applied, a liquid crystal alignment film used therefor, and a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent for forming the liquid crystal alignment film. is there.
- a TN (Twisted Nematic) mode has been put to practical use as a liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal material.
- this mode light is switched using the optical rotation characteristics of the liquid crystal, and when used as a liquid crystal display element, it is necessary to use a polarizing plate.
- the use efficiency of light becomes low by using a polarizing plate.
- As a liquid crystal display element having a high light utilization efficiency without using a polarizing plate there is a liquid crystal display element that switches between a liquid crystal transmission state (also referred to as a transparent state) and a scattering state.
- PDLC Dispersive liquid crystal
- PNLC Polymer network liquid crystal
- a liquid crystal display element using these includes a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes, and a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat between the pair of substrates.
- the liquid crystal composition is disposed, and the liquid crystal composition is cured in a state where a part or the whole of the liquid crystal composition exhibits liquid crystallinity, and is manufactured through a process of forming a cured product composite of liquid crystal and a polymerizable compound It is a liquid crystal display element.
- this liquid crystal display element controls the permeation
- a liquid crystal alignment film (also referred to as a vertical liquid crystal alignment film) that aligns the liquid crystal vertically is used.
- the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is a highly hydrophobic film, the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the liquid crystal alignment film is lowered. Therefore, a large amount of a polymerizable compound (also referred to as a curing agent) for improving the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the liquid crystal alignment film must be introduced into the liquid crystal composition used for the reverse type element.
- the liquid crystal alignment film used for the reverse element needs to have a high vertical alignment property of the liquid crystal.
- the present inventor has achieved that the liquid crystal display element using a vertical liquid crystal alignment film obtained from a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent containing a polymer having a side chain having a specific structure achieves the above object.
- the present invention has been found to be extremely effective.
- the present invention has the following gist.
- a liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable compound having a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes and polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat is disposed between the pair of substrates,
- at least one of the substrates has a liquid crystal alignment film that vertically aligns the liquid crystal, and the liquid crystal composition is cured in a state where a part or the whole of the liquid crystal composition exhibits liquid crystallinity, and the liquid crystal and the polymerizable compound are cured.
- (Y 1 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or OCO—, and Y 2 represents a single bond.
- Y 3 is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—, wherein Y 4 is a divalent cyclic group selected from the group consisting of a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, or having 17 to 51 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton Represents a divalent organic group, and an arbitrary hydrogen atom on the cyclic group is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a carbon number It may be substituted with 1-3 fluorine-containing alkoxyl group or a fluorine atom, Y 5 benzene A divalent cyclic group selected from the group consisting of a benzene
- the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent includes at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of acrylic polymer, methacrylic polymer, novolac resin, polyhydroxystyrene, polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyamide, polyester, cellulose, and polysiloxane.
- the liquid crystal display element according to the above (1) which is a liquid crystal aligning agent.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polyimide obtained by using a diamine compound having a side chain of the formula [1] as a part of the raw material.
- the liquid crystal display element according to (2) which is a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent.
- diamine compound according to (3) wherein the diamine compound is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained by using a diamine compound represented by the following formula [1a] and a polyimide.
- Liquid crystal display element. (Y 1 to Y 6 are as defined in the above formula [1]. M represents an integer of 1 to 4).
- the liquid crystal aligning agent is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polyimide obtained by using a tetracarboxylic acid component represented by the following formula [2] as a part of the raw material.
- the liquid crystal display element according to any one of the above (2) to (4), which is a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent containing (Z 1 represents a structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas [2a] to [2j]).
- Z 2 to Z 5 represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom or a benzene ring, and may be the same or different, and in the formula [2g], Z 6 and Z 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Each may be the same or different).
- the liquid crystal aligning agent is a polysiloxane obtained by polycondensation of an alkoxysilane represented by the following formula [A1], represented by the formula [A1] and the following formula [A2] or formula [A3].
- the liquid crystal display element according to the above (2) which is a liquid crystal aligning agent containing siloxane.
- a 1 represents the structure represented by the formula [1]
- a 2 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- a 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- m represents an integer of 1 or 2
- n represents an integer of 0 to 2
- p represents an integer of 0 to 3
- m + n + p represents an integer of 4.
- B 1 represents an organic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms having a vinyl group, an epoxy group, an amino group, a mercapto group, an isocyanate group, a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a ureido group or a cinnamoyl group
- B 2 represents a hydrogen atom or An alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- B 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- m represents an integer of 1 or 2
- n represents an integer of 0 to 2
- p represents 0 to 3 represents an integer of 3 (where m + n + p represents an integer of 4).
- D 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
- n represents an integer of 0 to 3).
- liquid crystal display element according to any one of (1) to (6), wherein the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent contains a compound represented by the following formula [6].
- X 1 represents at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the structures represented by the following formulas [6a-1] to [6a-7].
- X 2 represents a single bond, —CH 2 —, —O—.
- the hydrogen atom bonded to any carbon atom may be replaced by —OSi (CH 3 ) 2 — or —Si (CH 3 ) 2 O—, and the hydroxyl group (OH group), carboxyl group (COOH group) X 4 represents a single bond, at least one linking group selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 — and —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —.
- X 5 represents at least one structure selected from the group consisting of structures represented by the following formulas [6b-1] to [6b-8], n represents an integer of 1 to 3, and m represents 1 Represents an integer of ⁇ 3.
- a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- a 2 , A 3 , A 5 , A 6 and A 9 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- a 4 , A 7 and A 8 each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- B 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring.
- B 2 represents at least one cyclic group selected from the group consisting of a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring.
- B 3 represents an alkylene having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. And at least one selected from the group consisting of a group, a fluorine-containing alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- the liquid crystal display device according to any one of the above (1) to (7), wherein the polymer having the structure represented by the formula [1] has a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 150,000.
- the liquid crystal display element according to any one of (1) to (8), wherein the substrate of the liquid crystal display element is a glass substrate or a plastic substrate.
- a liquid crystal alignment film used for the liquid crystal display device according to any one of (1) to (9).
- the liquid crystal has high vertical alignment properties and good optical characteristics, that is, no voltage marking It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display element that has excellent transparency when applied and scattering characteristics when a voltage is applied, and has high adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
- the liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be suitably used for a reverse element that is in a transmissive state when no voltage is applied and is in a scattering state when a voltage is applied.
- the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is advantageously used as a liquid crystal display for display purposes, a light control window for controlling transmission and blocking of light, an optical shutter element, and the like.
- the specific side chain structure represented by the formula [1] used in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has a divalent group having 17 to 25 carbon atoms having a benzene ring, cyclohexyl ring or heterocyclic ring, or a steroid skeleton in the side chain portion. It has an organic group.
- the side chain structure of these rings and organic groups shows a rigid structure as compared with the side chain structure of long-chain alkyl groups, which is a conventional technique for vertically aligning liquid crystals.
- the reverse type device using the vertical liquid crystal alignment film having a specific side chain structure obtains a higher and more stable liquid crystal vertical alignment than the conventional long type alkyl group side chain structure reverse type device. be able to.
- the specific side chain structure can obtain high vertical alignment even when the amount of side chain introduced is small compared to the side chain structure of a conventional long chain alkyl group. Therefore, a reverse element using a vertical liquid crystal alignment film having a specific side chain structure has high adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
- the liquid crystal display element of the present invention using a vertical liquid crystal alignment film obtained from a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent containing a polymer having a specific side chain structure has high liquid crystal vertical alignment properties, good optical characteristics, That is, it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal display element that has good transparency when no voltage is applied and good scattering characteristics when a voltage is applied, and has high adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
- the liquid crystal display element of the present invention has a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes, and includes a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat between the pair of substrates.
- the liquid crystal composition is disposed in a state where at least one of the substrates has a liquid crystal alignment film that aligns the liquid crystal vertically and part or all of the liquid crystal composition exhibits liquid crystallinity.
- the liquid crystal display device is a liquid crystal display device formed by forming a cured product composite of a liquid crystal and a polymerizable compound, and can be suitably used for a reverse type device that is in a transmission state when no voltage is applied and in a scattering state when a voltage is applied.
- a nematic liquid crystal or a smectic liquid crystal can be used.
- those having negative dielectric anisotropy are preferable.
- those having a large dielectric anisotropy and a large refractive index anisotropy are preferable.
- a liquid crystal display element as an active element such as a TFT (Thin Film Transistor)
- VHR voltage holding ratio
- a dichroic dye can be dissolved in a liquid crystal composition to form a guest-host type element.
- an element is obtained that is transparent when no voltage is applied and absorbs (scatters) when a voltage is applied.
- the direction of the director of the liquid crystal changes by 90 degrees depending on the presence or absence of voltage application. Therefore, by using the difference in the light absorption characteristics of the dichroic dye, a high contrast can be obtained as compared with a conventional guest-host type device that switches between random alignment and vertical alignment.
- a guest-host type element in which a dichroic dye is dissolved is colored when the liquid crystal is aligned in the horizontal direction, and is opaque only in a scattering state. Therefore, as the voltage is applied, it is possible to obtain an element that switches from colorless and transparent when no voltage is applied to a colored opaque and colored transparent state.
- the liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and heat.
- the polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and heat.
- polymerization may proceed in any reaction form, and a cured product composite of liquid crystal and a polymerizable compound may be formed.
- Specific reaction modes of polymerization include radical polymerization, cationic polymerization, anionic polymerization, or polyaddition reaction.
- the polymerizable compound may be any compound as long as it dissolves in the liquid crystal.
- the polymerizable compound when dissolved in the liquid crystal, it is necessary that a temperature at which a part or the whole of the liquid crystal composition exhibits a liquid crystal phase exists. Even when a part of the liquid crystal composition exhibits a liquid crystal phase, it is sufficient that the liquid crystal display element is confirmed with the naked eye and almost uniform transparency and scattering characteristics are obtained throughout the element.
- the reaction form of the polymerizable compound is radical polymerization
- the following radical type polymerizable compound can be used.
- trimethylolpropane triacrylate pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypentaacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, penta Examples thereof include monomers and oligomers such as erythritol tetramethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypentamethacrylate.
- the radical type polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more depending on the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element and the adhesion characteristics between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
- a radical initiator that generates radicals by ultraviolet rays can be introduced into the liquid crystal composition.
- a radical initiator that generates radicals by ultraviolet rays can be introduced into the liquid crystal composition.
- the reaction form of the polymerizable compound is cationic polymerization or anionic polymerization
- the following ionic type polymerizable compounds can be used. Specifically, it is a compound having at least one cross-linking group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, and a lower alkoxyalkyl group.
- a melamine derivative, a benzoguanamine derivative or glycoluril in which a hydrogen atom of an amino group is substituted with a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group or both can be used.
- the melamine derivative or benzoguanamine derivative may be an oligomer. These preferably have an average of 3 or more and less than 6 methylol groups or alkoxymethyl groups per one triazine ring.
- Examples of such melamine derivatives and benzoguanamine derivatives include MX-750, which is an average of 3.7 substituted methoxymethyl groups per triazine ring, and an average of 5. methoxymethyl groups per triazine ring.
- Eight-substituted MW-30 (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), Cymel 300, 301, 303, 350, 370, 771, 325, 327, 703, 712 and other methoxymethylated melamine, Cymel 235, Of methoxymethylated butoxymethylated melamine such as 236, 238, 212, 253, 254, butoxymethylated melamine such as Cymel 506, 508, carboxyl group-containing methoxymethylated isobutoxymethylated melamine such as Cymel 1141, Cymel 1123 Methoxymethylated etoxy Methylated benzoguanamine, methoxymethylated butoxymethylated benzoguanamine such as Cymel 1123-10, butoxymethylated be
- Examples of the benzene having a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group or a phenolic compound include 1,3,5-tris (methoxymethoxy) benzene, 1,2,4-tris (isopropoxymethoxy) benzene, and 1,4-bis. (Sec-butoxymethoxy) benzene, 2,6-dihydroxymethyl-p-tert-butylphenol and the like.
- a compound having an epoxy group and an isocyanate group and having a crosslinking group can also be used.
- an ion initiator that generates an acid or a base by ultraviolet rays can be introduced into the liquid crystal composition.
- triazine compounds, acetophenone derivative compounds, disulfone compounds, diazomethane compounds, sulfonic acid derivative compounds, diaryl iodonium salts, triaryl sulfonium salts, triaryl phosphonium salts, iron arene complexes, and the like can be used. However, it is not limited to these.
- diphenyl iodonium chloride diphenyl iodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate
- diphenyl iodonium mesylate diphenyl iodonium tosylate
- diphenyl iodonium bromide diphenyl iodonium tetrafluoroborate
- diphenyl iodonium hexafluoroantimonate diphenyl iodonium hexafluoroarsenate.
- a radical type polymerizable compound is preferably used from the viewpoint of the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element.
- the amount of the polymerizable compound introduced into the liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, but when the amount of the polymerizable compound introduced is large, the polymerizable compound does not dissolve in the liquid crystal, or the temperature at which the liquid crystal composition exhibits a liquid crystal phase. Or the change between the transparent state and the scattering state of the element becomes small, and the optical characteristics deteriorate.
- the amount of the polymerizable compound introduced is small, the curability of the liquid crystal layer is lowered, and further, the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is lowered, and the alignment of the liquid crystal against mechanical external pressure is reduced. Is easily disturbed.
- the introduction amount of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal, and more preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass. Particularly preferred is 11 to 30 parts by mass. Further, the introduction amount of the radical initiator and the ionic initiator that promote the reaction of the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal. However, 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is preferable. Particularly preferred is 0.05 to 3 parts by mass.
- the liquid crystal display element of the present invention has a vertical liquid crystal alignment film that vertically aligns liquid crystal on at least one of the substrates.
- the vertical liquid crystal alignment film in that case is obtained from the liquid-crystal aligning agent containing the specific polymer which has a specific side chain structure shown by following formula [1].
- Y 1 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. .
- a single bond — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO.
- More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—.
- Y 2 represents a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 15). Among these, a single bond or (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 10) is preferable.
- Y 3 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. .
- a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO— is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis. More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—.
- Y 4 is a divalent cyclic group selected from the group consisting of a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom of these cyclic groups is an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- Y 4 may be a divalent organic group selected from the group consisting of organic groups having 17 to 51 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton.
- Y 5 represents a divalent cyclic group selected from the group consisting of a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a fluorine atom.
- a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring is preferable.
- n represents an integer of 0 to 4. Among these, 0 to 3 are preferable from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis. More preferred is 0-2.
- Y 6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. .
- an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
- the specific polymer having the specific side chain structure is not particularly limited, but from the group consisting of acrylic polymer, methacrylic polymer, novolac resin, polyhydroxystyrene, polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyamide, polyester, cellulose and polysiloxane. It is preferably at least one polymer selected. Among these, a polyimide precursor, polyimide or polysiloxane is preferable. When a polyimide precursor or polyimide (also collectively referred to as a polyimide polymer) is used for the specific polymer, they are a polyimide precursor or polyimide obtained by reacting a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component. Is preferred.
- the polyimide precursor has a structure represented by the following formula [A].
- R 1 is a tetravalent organic group
- R 2 is a divalent organic group
- a 1 and A 2 represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and each may be the same or different.
- a 3 and A 4 each represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an acetyl group, which may be the same or different, and n represents a positive integer).
- the diamine component is a diamine compound having two primary or secondary amino groups in the molecule
- the tetracarboxylic acid component is a tetracarboxylic acid compound, tetracarboxylic dianhydride, or tetracarboxylic acid dihalide compound.
- Tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compounds or tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide compounds Tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compounds or tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide compounds.
- the polyimide polymer can be obtained relatively easily by using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [B] and a diamine compound represented by the following formula [C] as raw materials.
- Polyamic acid comprising the structural formula of the repeating unit represented by the formula [D] or polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyamic acid is preferred. (R 1 and R 2 have the same meaning as defined in formula [A
- R 1 and R 2 have the same meaning as defined in formula [A].
- the polymer of the formula [D] obtained above by the usual synthesis method is added to the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms of A 1 and A 2 represented by the formula [A] and the formula [A]. It is also possible to introduce an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an acetyl group of A 3 and A 4 shown.
- a diamine compound having a specific side chain structure As a method for introducing the upper specific side chain structure into the polyimide polymer, it is preferable to use a diamine compound having a specific side chain structure as a part of the raw material.
- a diamine compound represented by the following formula [1a] also referred to as a specific side chain diamine compound.
- Y 1 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. .
- a single bond — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO.
- More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—.
- Y 2 represents a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 15). Among these, a single bond or (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 10) is preferable.
- Y 3 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. .
- a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO— is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis. More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—.
- Y 4 is a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring or a heterocyclic ring, and an arbitrary hydrogen atom of these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, carbon It may be substituted with an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a fluorine atom.
- Y 4 may be a divalent organic group selected from organic groups having 17 to 51 carbon atoms and having a steroid skeleton.
- Y 5 represents a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring or a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, carbon It may be substituted with an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a fluorine atom.
- a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring is preferable.
- n represents an integer of 0 to 4. Among these, 0 to 3 are preferable from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis. More preferred is 0-2.
- Y 6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
- an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
- Preferable combinations of Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 , Y 6 and n in the formula [1a] include pages 13 to 34 of International Publication No. WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.20). The same combinations as (2-1) to (2-629) listed in Tables 6 to 47 of the above are listed. It should be noted that Y 1 to Y 6 in each table of the International Publication are respectively replaced with Y 1 to Y 6 of the present invention. In addition, any of the organic groups having 12 to 25 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton in (2-605) to (2-629) listed in the tables of International Publications each has a carbon number having a steroid skeleton of the present invention. It shall be read as 17 to 51 organic groups.
- m is an integer of 1 to 4.
- m is an integer of 1 to 4.
- R 1 represents —O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COOCH 2 — or —CH 2 OCO—
- R 2 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, A linear or branched alkoxyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, a linear or branched fluorine-containing alkyl group or fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
- R 3 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 — or —CH 2 —
- R 4 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkoxyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, a linear or branched fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, or This is a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group.
- R 5 is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COOCH 2 —, —CH 2 OCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 —, —O —
- R 6 represents a fluorine group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethane group, a nitro group, an azo group, a formyl group, an acetyl group, an acetoxy group or a hydroxyl group.
- R 7 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is a trans isomer.
- R 8 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and the cis-trans isomerism of 1,4-cyclohexylene is a trans isomer.
- a 4 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and A 3 is a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
- a 2 is an oxygen atom or —COO— * (where a bond with “*” is bonded to A 3 ), and A 1 is an oxygen atom or —COO— * (note that “*” is attached).
- Bond is bonded to (CH 2 ) a 2 ).
- a 1 is an integer of 0 or 1
- a 2 is an integer of 2 to 10
- a 3 is an integer of 0 or 1.
- these specific side chain type diamine compounds are contained in an amount of 10 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less of the entire diamine component from the viewpoint of the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal and the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film. Preferably there is. More preferably, it is 10 mol% or more and 70 mol% or less.
- the specific side chain type diamine compound described above depends on the solubility of the polyimide polymer in the solvent, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal when the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and the characteristics such as the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. One type or a mixture of two or more types can be used.
- a diamine compound represented by the following formula [2] is also preferably used.
- X represents a substituent having a structure selected from the group consisting of the following formula [2a], formula [2b], formula [2c] and formula [2d].
- m represents an integer of 1 to 4.
- a represents an integer of 0 to 4. Especially, the integer of 0 or 1 is preferable from the point of the acquisition of a raw material or the ease of a synthesis
- b represents an integer of 0 to 4. Especially, the integer of 0 or 1 is preferable from the point of the availability of a raw material or the ease of a synthesis
- X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- X 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
- diamine compound represented by the formula [2] examples include 2,4-dimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminophenol, 3,5- In addition to diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2,4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, 2,4-diaminobenzoic acid, 2,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, the following formula [ Examples thereof include diamine compounds having structures represented by 2-1] to [2-6].
- 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2,4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, 2,4-diaminobenzoic acid 2, Preference is given to 5-diaminobenzoic acid, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, diamine compounds of the formula [2-1], formula [2-2] or formula [2-3].
- the diamine compound represented by the formula [2] has properties such as solubility of a polyimide polymer in a solvent, vertical alignment of liquid crystal when a vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and optical characteristics of a liquid crystal display element. Depending on the situation, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds can be used.
- diamine compounds other than the diamine compound shown by Formula [1a] and Formula [2] can also be used as a diamine compound.
- Specific examples of other diamine compounds are shown below, but are not limited to these examples.
- diamine compound examples include those having an alkyl group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group or a heterocyclic ring in the side chain of the diamine compound.
- diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA1] to [DA13] can be exemplified.
- a 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group.
- a 1 represents —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 —, —O—, —CO— or —NH—
- a 2 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms or a linear or branched fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms.
- diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA12] to [DA17] can also be used.
- diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA18] to [DA21] can also be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- a 1 is a single bond, —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, —CF 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —O —, —CO—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) — Or —N (CH 3 ) CO—, each of m 1 and m 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and m 1 + m 2 represents an integer of 1 to 4, and in the formula [DA19], m 3 and m 4 each represent an integer of 1 to 5, and in formula [DA20], A 2 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, m 5 represents an integer of 1 to 5, [DA21] in, A 3 is
- a diamine compound represented by the following formula [DA22] can also be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- a 1 is —O—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) — and —N (CH 3 )
- a 3 is a single bond, —O—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) —, — N (CH 3 ) CO— or —O (CH 2 ) m — (m is an integer of 1 to 5),
- a 4 is a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring, and n is an integer of 1 to 4 .
- diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA23] and [DA24] can also be used.
- the above-mentioned other diamine compound is one kind depending on the solubility of the polyimide polymer in the solvent, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal when the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and the characteristics such as the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element.
- two or more types can be mixed and used.
- tetracarboxylic acid component for producing the polyimide polymer examples include tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [3] and tetracarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic acid dihalide compound, tetracarboxylic acid derivative thereof, tetra It is preferable to use a carboxylic acid dialkyl ester compound or a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide compound (all are collectively referred to as a specific tetracarboxylic acid component).
- Z 1 is a group having a structure selected from the following formulas [3a] to [3j].
- Z 2 to Z 5 represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom or a benzene ring, and may be the same or different.
- Z 6 and Z 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and may be the same or different.
- Z 1 represents the formula [3a]
- the formula [ 3c], Formula [3d], Formula [3e], Formula [3f], or Formula [3g] is preferable. More preferred is a structure represented by formula [3a], formula [3e], formula [3f] or formula [3g], and particularly preferred is formula [3e], formula [3f] or formula [3g]. It is.
- the specific tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably 1 mol% or more of the total tetracarboxylic acid component. More preferred is 5 mol% or more, and particularly preferred is 10 mol% or more. Moreover, when using the specific tetracarboxylic acid component of the structure of Formula [3e], Formula [3f], or Formula [3g], the usage-amount is made into 20 mol% or more of the whole tetracarboxylic acid component, and it is desired. An effect is obtained. Preferably, it is 30 mol% or more.
- tetracarboxylic acid component may be a tetracarboxylic acid component having a structure of the formula [3e], the formula [3f], or the formula [3g].
- other tetracarboxylic acid components other than the specific tetracarboxylic acid component can be used for the polyimide polymer.
- examples of other tetracarboxylic acid components include the following tetracarboxylic acid compounds, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, dicarboxylic acid dihalide compounds, dicarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compounds, and dialkyl ester dihalide compounds.
- tetracarboxylic acid components include pyromellitic acid, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,4,5,8-naphthalene.
- Tetracarboxylic acid 2,3,6,7-anthracenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,5,6-anthracenetetracarboxylic acid, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 2,3,3 ', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) methane, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) dimethylsilane, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) diphenylsilane, 2,3,4,5- Pyridine
- the specific tetracarboxylic acid component and other tetracarboxylic acid components include solubility of the polyimide polymer in the solvent, vertical alignment of the liquid crystal when the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. Depending on the characteristics, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds can be used.
- the method for synthesizing the polyimide polymer is not particularly limited. Usually, it is obtained by reacting a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component.
- At least one tetracarboxylic acid component selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic acids and derivatives thereof is reacted with a diamine component consisting of one or more diamine compounds to obtain a polyamic acid.
- a method of obtaining polyamic acid by polycondensation of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and primary or secondary diamine compound, dehydration polycondensation reaction of tetracarboxylic acid and primary or secondary diamine compound A method of obtaining a polyamic acid by using a polycarboxylic acid dihalide and a primary or secondary diamine compound is used.
- a method of polycondensing a tetracarboxylic acid obtained by dialkyl esterifying a carboxylic acid group with a primary or secondary diamine compound, a dicarboxylic acid dihalide obtained by dialkyl esterifying a carboxylic acid group and a primary a method of polycondensation with a secondary diamine compound or a method of converting a carboxyl group of a polyamic acid into an ester is used.
- a method is used in which the polyamic acid or polyamic acid alkyl ester is cyclized to form polyimide.
- the reaction between the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component is usually carried out in a solvent with the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component.
- the solvent used at that time is not particularly limited as long as the produced polyimide precursor is dissolved. Although the specific example of the solvent used for reaction below is given, it is not limited to these examples.
- N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone or ⁇ -butyrolactone N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone, methyl ethyl ketone
- Examples include cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone. These may be used alone or in combination.
- a solvent that does not dissolve the polyimide precursor may be used by mixing with the above solvent as long as the generated polyimide precursor does not precipitate.
- water in the solvent inhibits the polymerization reaction and further causes hydrolysis of the produced polyimide precursor, it is preferable to use a dehydrated and dried solvent.
- the reaction when reacting using a plurality of diamine components or tetracarboxylic acid components, they may be reacted in a premixed state, individually or sequentially, or further individually reacted low molecular weight substances. May be mixed and reacted to form a polymer.
- the polymerization temperature at that time can be selected from ⁇ 20 to 150 ° C., preferably ⁇ 5 to 100 ° C.
- the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, but if the concentration is too low, it is difficult to obtain a high molecular weight polymer, and if the concentration is too high, the viscosity of the reaction solution becomes too high and uniform stirring is difficult. It becomes. Therefore, it is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
- the initial reaction can be carried out at a high concentration, and then a solvent can be added.
- the ratio of the total number of moles of the diamine component to the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. Similar to a normal polycondensation reaction, the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor produced increases as the molar ratio approaches 1.0.
- Polyimide is a polyimide obtained by ring closure of the polyimide precursor, and in this polyimide, the ring closure rate (also referred to as imidation rate) of the amic acid group does not necessarily need to be 100%, depending on the application and purpose. Can be adjusted arbitrarily.
- Examples of the method for imidizing the polyimide precursor include thermal imidization in which the polyimide precursor solution is heated as it is or catalyst imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyimide precursor solution.
- the temperature at which the polyimide precursor is thermally imidized in the solution is 100 to 400 ° C., preferably 120 to 250 ° C., and it is preferable to carry out while removing water generated by the imidation reaction from the system.
- the catalyst imidation of the polyimide precursor can be performed by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to the polyimide precursor solution and stirring at -20 to 250 ° C, preferably 0 to 180 ° C.
- the amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 mol times, preferably 2 to 20 mol times of the amic acid group, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 mol times, preferably 3 to 30 mol of the amido acid group. Is double.
- the basic catalyst include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, and trioctylamine. Among them, pyridine is preferable because it has an appropriate basicity for proceeding with the reaction.
- Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and the like. Among them, use of acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated.
- the imidization rate by catalytic imidation can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time.
- the reaction solution may be poured into a solvent and precipitated.
- the solvent used for precipitation include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, benzene, and water.
- the polymer precipitated in the solvent can be collected by filtration, and then dried by normal temperature or reduced pressure at room temperature or by heating.
- the solvent at this time include alcohols, ketones, and hydrocarbons, and it is preferable to use three or more kinds of solvents selected from these because purification efficiency is further increased.
- the molecular weight of the polyimide polymer is 5 in terms of weight average molecular weight measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method in consideration of the strength of the liquid crystal alignment film obtained therefrom, workability during film formation, and coating properties. It is preferably 000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 10,000 to 150,000.
- polysiloxane When polysiloxane is used for the specific polymer, a polysiloxane obtained by polycondensation of an alkoxysilane represented by the following formula [A1], represented by the formula [A1] and the following formula [A2] or formula [A3] Polysiloxane obtained by polycondensation of alkoxysilane containing any one of alkoxysilanes or polycondensation obtained by polycondensation of alkoxysilanes represented by formula [A1], formula [A2] and formula [A3] It is preferably any one of siloxanes (also collectively referred to as polysiloxane polymers).
- a 1 represents the structure represented by Formula [1], and preferred combinations of Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 , Y 6 and n in Formula [1]
- the same combinations as (2-1) to (2-629) described in Tables 6 to 47 on pages 13 to 34 of International Publication No. WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.27) can be mentioned.
- Y1 to Y6 in each table of the International Publication are respectively replaced with Y 1 to Y 6 of the present invention.
- any of the organic groups having 12 to 25 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton in (2-605) to (2-629) listed in the tables of International Publications are all carbons having a steroid skeleton of the present invention. It shall be read as an organic group of formulas 17 to 51.
- a 2 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Of these, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable.
- a 3 is each an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Of these, alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferred from the viewpoint of polycondensation reactivity.
- m is an integer of 1 or 2. Among these, 1 is preferable from the viewpoint of synthesis.
- n is an integer of 0-2.
- p is an integer of 0 to 3. Among these, an integer of 1 to 3 is preferable from the viewpoint of polycondensation reactivity. More preferably, it is 2 or 3.
- m + n + p is an integer of 4.
- alkoxysilanes represented by the formula [A1] alkoxysilanes represented by the following formulas [A1-1] to [A1-32] may be used.
- R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- m represents 2 or 3
- n represents 0 or 1
- R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- m represents 2 or 3
- n represents 0 or 1
- R 3 represents —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) —, —N (CH 3 ) CO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COOCH 2 — or —CH 2 OCO—
- R 4 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, or a fluorine-containing alkoxy group.
- R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- m represents 2 or 3
- n represents 0 or 1
- R 3 represents —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) —, —N (CH 3 ) CO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COOCH 2- or -CH 2 OCO-
- R 4 is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy group fluorine-containing alkyl group, fluorine-containing alkoxy group, fluorine group, cyano group, trifluoromethane group, nitro group, (Azo group, formyl group, acetyl group, acetoxy group or hydroxyl group is shown.)
- R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- m represents 2 or 3
- n represents 0 or 1
- R 3 represents —O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) —, —N (CH 3 ) CO—, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COOCH 2 — or —CH 2 OCO—
- R 4 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, a fluorine-containing alkyl group, or a fluorine-containing alkoxy group.
- R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- m represents 2 or 3
- n represents 0 or 1
- B 4 represents fluorine.
- B 3 represents a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group
- B 2 represents an oxygen atom or —COO— *.
- B 1 is an oxygen atom or —COO— * (where the bond marked with “*” is (CH 2 ) a 2. ).
- a 1 represents an integer of 0 or 1
- a 2 represents an integer of 2 to 10
- a 3 represents an integer of 0 or 1.
- the alkoxysilane represented by the above formula [A1] is used for the solubility of the polysiloxane polymer in the solvent, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal when the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. Depending on the characteristics, one type or a mixture of two or more types can be used.
- the alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A2] is represented by the following formula [A2].
- B 1 is an organic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms having a vinyl group, an epoxy group, an amino group, a mercapto group, an isocyanate group, a methacryl group, an acrylic group, a ureido group, or a cinnamoyl group.
- a vinyl group, an epoxy group, an amino group, a methacryl group, an acrylic group, or a ureido group is preferable from the viewpoint of availability. More preferably, they are a methacryl group, an acryl group, or a ureido group.
- B 2 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Of these, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable.
- B 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Of these, alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferred from the viewpoint of polycondensation reactivity.
- m is an integer of 1 or 2. Among these, 1 is preferable from the viewpoint of synthesis.
- n is an integer of 0-2.
- p is an integer of 0 to 3. Among these, an integer of 1 to 3 is preferable from the viewpoint of polycondensation reactivity. More preferably, it is 2 or 3.
- m + n + p is an integer of 4.
- alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A2] include allyltriethoxysilane, allyltrimethoxysilane, diethoxymethylvinylsilane, dimethoxymethylvinylsilane, triethoxyvinylsilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) Silane, m-styrylethyltriethoxysilane, p-styrylethyltriethoxysilane, m-styrylmethyltriethoxysilane, p-styrylmethyltriethoxysilane, 3- (N-styrylmethyl-2-aminoethylamino) propyltri Methoxysilane, diethoxy (3-glycidyloxypropyl) methylsilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyl (dimethoxy) methylsilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltri
- the alkoxysilane represented by the above formula [A2] is used for the solubility of the polysiloxane polymer in the solvent, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal when the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. Depending on the characteristics, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds can be used.
- the alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A3] is an alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A3].
- D 1 is each a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and these may be substituted with a halogen atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
- An alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred, and each D 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, among which an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred from the viewpoint of polycondensation reactivity.
- N is an integer of 0 to 3.
- alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A3] include tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetrapropoxysilane, tetrabutoxysilane, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, ethyltrimethoxysilane, and ethyltriethoxysilane.
- examples of the alkoxysilane in which n is 0 include tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetrapropoxysilane, and tetrabutoxysilane, and these alkoxysilanes are preferably used.
- the alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A3] has properties such as solubility of the polysiloxane polymer in the solvent, vertical alignment of the liquid crystal when the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. Depending on the situation, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds can be used.
- the polysiloxane polymer is a polysiloxane obtained by polycondensation of an alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A1], or an alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A1] and the formula [A2] or the formula [A3]. Any of polysiloxanes obtained by polycondensation of alkoxysilane containing one kind, or polysiloxanes obtained by polycondensation of alkoxysilanes represented by formula [A1], formula [A2] and formula [A3] Or one.
- a polysiloxane obtained by polycondensation only with an alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A1] a polysiloxane obtained by polycondensation of two types of alkoxysilanes represented by the formulas [A1] and [A2]
- three types of alkoxysilanes represented by formula [A1], formula [A2] and formula [A3] Any one of polysiloxanes obtained by polycondensation.
- polysiloxanes obtained by polycondensation of a plurality of types of alkoxysilanes are preferred in terms of polycondensation reactivity and solubility of polysiloxane polymers in solvents. That is, polysiloxane obtained by polycondensation of two types of alkoxysilanes represented by formula [A1] and formula [A2], and polycondensation of two types of alkoxysilanes represented by formula [A1] and formula [A3]. Or a polysiloxane obtained by polycondensation of three types of alkoxysilanes represented by the formulas [A1], [A2] and [A3].
- the alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A1] is preferably 1 to 40 mol%, more preferably all alkoxysilanes. Is 1-30 mol%.
- the alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A2] is preferably 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably 1 to 60 mol% in all alkoxysilanes.
- the alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A3] is preferably 1 to 99 mol%, more preferably 1 to 80 mol% in all alkoxysilanes.
- the method for producing the polysiloxane polymer is not particularly limited.
- the polysiloxane polymer is obtained by polycondensing an alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A1] in a solvent, by polycondensing an alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A1] and the formula [A2] in a solvent.
- the polysiloxane polymer is obtained as a solution obtained by polycondensing these alkoxysilanes and uniformly dissolving in a solvent.
- the method for polycondensing the polysiloxane polymer is not particularly limited.
- a method in which an alkoxysilane is hydrolyzed and polycondensed in an alcohol solvent or a glycol solvent can be mentioned.
- the hydrolysis / polycondensation reaction may be partially hydrolyzed or completely hydrolyzed.
- complete hydrolysis theoretically, it is sufficient to add 0.5 times the molar amount of water of all alkoxy groups in the alkoxysilane, but it is possible to add an excessive amount of water more than 0.5 times the molar amount. preferable.
- the amount of water used in the hydrolysis / polycondensation reaction can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but 0.5 to 0.5% of all alkoxy groups in the alkoxysilane.
- the molar amount is preferably 2.5 times.
- acidic compounds such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, formic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, alkaline such as ammonia, methylamine, ethylamine, ethanolamine or triethylamine
- a compound or a catalyst such as a metal salt such as hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, or oxalic acid can be used.
- the hydrolysis / polycondensation reaction can be promoted by heating the solution in which the alkoxysilane is dissolved.
- the heating temperature and heating time in that case can be suitably selected according to the objective. For example, conditions such as heating and stirring at 50 ° C. for 24 hours and then stirring under reflux conditions for 1 hour can be mentioned.
- another method for polycondensation includes a method in which a polycondensation reaction is carried out by heating a mixture of alkoxysilane, solvent and oxalic acid. Specifically, after adding oxalic acid to a solvent to prepare a solution of oxalic acid in advance, the alkoxysilane is mixed in a state where the solution is heated. At that time, the amount of oxalic acid used in the above reaction is preferably 0.2 to 2.0 mol with respect to 1 mol of all alkoxy groups in the alkoxysilane.
- This reaction can be carried out at a solution temperature of 50 to 180 ° C., but is preferably carried out under reflux for several tens of minutes to several tens of hours so that the solvent does not evaporate or volatilize.
- a mixture in which a plurality of types of alkoxysilanes are mixed in advance is used. Even if it reacts using, it may react, adding several types of alkoxysilane sequentially.
- the solvent used for the polycondensation reaction of alkoxysilane is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve alkoxysilane. Moreover, even if it is a solvent in which an alkoxysilane does not melt
- an alcohol is generally generated by the polycondensation reaction of alkoxysilane, and therefore, an alcohol solvent, a glycol solvent, a glycol ether solvent, or a solvent that is compatible with alcohol is used.
- solvent used in such a polycondensation reaction include alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol or diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, hexylene glycol, 1, 3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 1,2-pentanediol, 1,3-pentanediol, 1,4 -Glucol solvents such as pentanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3-pentanediol or 1,6-hexanediol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl Glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene
- these solvents can also be used 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
- the concentration of silicon atoms contained in all alkoxysilanes charged as a raw material in terms of SiO 2 (also referred to as SiO 2 concentration) is 20% by mass or less. Is preferred. In particular, the content is preferably 5 to 15% by mass.
- the polysiloxane polymer solution obtained by the above method may be used as it is as a specific polymer, and if necessary, the polysiloxane polymer solution obtained by the above method may be concentrated or a solvent. It can also be used as a specific polymer by diluting by addition or substitution with another solvent.
- the solvent used for dilution by adding the solvent may be a solvent used for the polycondensation reaction or other solvents.
- the additive solvent is not particularly limited as long as the polysiloxane polymer is uniformly dissolved, and one or two or more types can be arbitrarily selected and used.
- examples of such an additive solvent include ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl isobutyl ketone, ester solvents such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and ethyl lactate, in addition to the solvent used in the polycondensation reaction.
- the polysiloxane polymer when a polysiloxane polymer and another polymer are used as the specific polymer, the polysiloxane polymer is polycondensed before mixing the other polymer with the polysiloxane polymer.
- the alcohol generated during the reaction is preferably distilled off at normal pressure or reduced pressure.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a coating solution for forming a vertical liquid crystal alignment film, and is a coating solution containing a specific polymer having a specific side chain structure represented by the formula [1] and a solvent.
- the specific polymer having the specific side chain structure is not particularly limited, but at least selected from acrylic polymer, methacrylic polymer, novolac resin, polyhydroxystyrene, polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyamide, polyester, cellulose, or polysiloxane.
- One polymer is preferred.
- a polyimide precursor, polyimide or polysiloxane is preferable.
- one kind or two or more kinds of these polymers can be used as the specific polymer.
- All polymer components in the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent may be all specific polymers, or other polymers may be mixed.
- the content of the other polymer is 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific polymer.
- Examples of the other polymer include the polymer having no specific side chain structure represented by the formula [1].
- Content of the solvent in a liquid-crystal aligning agent can be suitably selected from a viewpoint of obtaining the coating method of a liquid-crystal aligning agent, and the target film thickness.
- the content of the solvent in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 50 to 99.9% by mass.
- 60 to 99% by mass is preferable, and 65 to 99% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the solvent used for the liquid crystal aligning agent is not particularly limited as long as the solvent dissolves the specific polymer.
- the specific polymer is a polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyamide or polyester, or when the solubility in a solvent such as acrylic polymer, methacrylic polymer, novolac resin, polyhydroxystyrene, cellulose, polysiloxane is low, It is preferable to use a solvent (also referred to as solvent A) as shown below.
- a solvent also referred to as solvent A
- N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone or ⁇ -butyrolactone is preferably used. These may be used alone or in combination.
- a solvent also referred to as a solvent B shown below can be used.
- ethanol isopropyl alcohol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, isopentyl alcohol, tert-pentyl alcohol, 3-methyl-2-butanol, neopentyl alcohol, 1-hexanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-pentanol, 2-ethyl-1-butanol, 1-heptanol 2-heptanol, 3-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-octanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, 1-methylcyclohexanol, 2-methylcyclohexanol, 3-methylcyclohexanol, 1,2- Etanji 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propaned
- D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- D 3 represents An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- 1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, 1,2-ethanediol, 1,2-propanediol, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether or a solvent represented by the formula [D1] to formula [D3] is used.
- these solvents B can improve the coating properties and surface smoothness of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film when applying the liquid crystal aligning agent, a polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyamide or polyester was used as the specific polymer.
- the solvent B is preferably 1 to 70% by mass of the whole solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. Among these, 10 to 60% by mass is preferable, and 20 to 60% by mass is more preferable.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent preferably contains a compound represented by the following formula [6] (hereinafter referred to as an adhesive compound) for the purpose of enhancing the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
- X 1 represents at least one structure selected from the group consisting of structures represented by the following formulas [6a-1] to [6a-7].
- the formula [6a-1], the formula [6a-2], the formula [6a-3], the formula [6a-5] or the formula [6a- 6] is preferable.
- a structure represented by formula [6a-1], formula [6a-3], formula [6a-5] or formula [6a-6] is more preferable.
- a 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Among these, a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound. More preferably, they are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- a 2 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Among these, a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound. More preferably, they are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- a 3 and A 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Among these, a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound. More preferably, they are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- a 4 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Among these, an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound.
- a 6 and A 9 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound. More preferably, they are a hydrogen atom or a C1-C1 alkylene group (methyl group).
- a 7 and A 8 each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Among these, an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound.
- X 2 represents a single bond, —CH 2 —, —O—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 It represents at least one linking group selected from the group consisting of —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) — and —N (CH 3 ) CO—.
- a single bond —CH 2 —, —O—, —NH—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) — or —N (CH 3 ) CO— is preferred. More preferably, they are a single bond, —CH 2 —, —O—, —NH—, —CONH—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO— or —OCO—.
- X 3 is an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), — (CH 2 —O—) q 1 (q represents an integer of 1 to 10) and at least one selected from the group consisting of organic groups having a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
- any —CH 2 — group of the alkylene group is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, NHCO—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CF 2 —, — C (CF 3) 2 -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -, - OSi (CH 3) 2 - or -Si (CH 3) may be replaced by 2 O-, bonded to any carbon atom
- the hydrogen atom may be replaced by a hydroxyl group (OH group), a carboxyl group (COOH group) or a halogen atom.
- an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), — ( CH 2 —O—) q — (q represents an integer of 1 to 10) or structures represented by the following formulas [6c-1] to [6c-5] are preferable.
- an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), — (CH 2 —O—) q — (q is And represents a structure represented by the following formula [6c-1], formula [6c-3], formula [6c-4] or formula [6c-5].
- an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10)
- Formula [6c-1], Formula [6c-4] Or it is a structure shown by Formula [6c-5].
- X 4 represents at least one linking group selected from the group consisting of a single bond, —CH 2 —, —OCH 2 —, and O—CH 2 —CH 2 —.
- a structure represented by a single bond, —CH 2 — or —OCH 2 — is preferable from the viewpoint of easy synthesis of the adhesive compound.
- X 5 represents at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the structures represented by the following formulas [6b-1] to [6b-8].
- the structure represented by the formula [6b-1], the formula [6b-2] or the formula [6b-6] is preferable from the viewpoint of the ease of synthesis of the adhesive compound.
- B 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring.
- B 2 represents at least one cyclic group selected from the group consisting of a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring.
- B 3 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- n represents an integer of 1 to 3. Especially, 1 or 2 is preferable from the point of the ease of the synthesis
- m represents an integer of 1 to 3. Especially, 1 or 2 is preferable from the point of the ease of the synthesis
- More specific structures of the adhesive compound include the following formulas [6-1a] to [6-3a], formulas [6-1b] to [6-3b], and formulas [6-1c] to [6- 3c] and compounds represented by the formulas [6-1d] to [6-3d].
- X a in formula [6-1a], X d in formula [6-2a] and X g in formula [6-3a] are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CONH—, — At least one linking group selected from the group consisting of OCH 2 —, —COO— and —OCO—; Of these, a single bond, —O—, —OCH 2 — or —OCO— is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound.
- X b in formula [6-1a], X e in formula [6-2a] and X h in formula [6-3a] are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), selected from the group consisting of structures represented by formula [6c-1], formula [6c-4] and formula [6c-5] At least one selected.
- any —CH 2 — group of the alkylene group is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, NHCO—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CF 2 —, — C (CF 3) 2 -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -, - OSi (CH 3) 2 - or -Si (CH 3) may be replaced by 2 O-, bonded to any carbon atom
- the hydrogen atom may be replaced by a hydroxyl group (OH group), a carboxyl group (COOH group) or a halogen atom.
- X c in formula [6-1a], X f in formula [6-2a] and X i in formula [6-3a] are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 — and —OCH 2 —.
- At least one linking group selected from the group consisting of: N1 in Formula [6-1a], n2 in Formula [6-2a], and n3 in Formula [6-3a] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
- M1 in Formula [6-1a], m2 in Formula [6-2a], and m3 in Formula [6-3a] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
- X a in formula [6-1b], X d in formula [6-2b] and X g in formula [6-3b] are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CONH—, — At least one linking group selected from the group consisting of OCH 2 —, —COO— and —OCO—; Of these, a single bond, —O—, —OCH 2 — or —OCO— is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound. More preferably, it is a single bond, —O— or —OCH 2 —.
- X b in formula [6-1b], X e in formula [6-2b], and X h in formula [6-3b] are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), selected from the group consisting of structures represented by formula [6c-1], formula [6c-4] and formula [6c-5] At least one selected.
- any —CH 2 — group of the alkylene group is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, NHCO—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CF 2 —, — C (CF 3) 2 -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -, - OSi (CH 3) 2 - or -Si (CH 3) may be replaced by 2 O-, bonded to any carbon atom
- the hydrogen atom may be replaced by a hydroxyl group (OH group), a carboxyl group (COOH group) or a halogen atom.
- X c in formula [6-1b], X f in formula [6-2b], and X i in formula [6-3b] are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 — and —OCH 2 —.
- at least one linking group selected from A 1 in Formula [6-1b], A 2 in Formula [6-2b], and A 3 in Formula [6-3b] each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Show. Of these, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
- N1 in Formula [6-1b], n2 in Formula [6-2b], and n3 in Formula [6-3b] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
- M1 in Formula [6-1b], m2 in Formula [6-2b], and m3 in Formula [6-3b] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
- X a in formula [6-1c], X d in formula [6-2c], and X g in formula [6-3c] are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CONH—, — At least one linking group selected from the group consisting of OCH 2 —, —COO— and —OCO—; Of these, a single bond, —O—, —OCH 2 — or —OCO— is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound. More preferably, it is a single bond, —O— or —OCH 2 —.
- X b in formula [6-1c], X e in formula [6-2c], and X h in formula [6-3c] are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), selected from the group consisting of structures represented by formula [6c-1], formula [6c-4] and formula [6c-5] At least one selected.
- any —CH 2 — group of the alkylene group is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, NHCO—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CF 2 —, — C (CF 3) 2 -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -, - OSi (CH 3) 2 - or -Si (CH 3) may be replaced by 2 O-, bonded to any carbon atom
- the hydrogen atom may be replaced by a hydroxyl group (OH group), a carboxyl group (COOH group) or a halogen atom.
- X c in formula [6-1c], X f in formula [6-2c], and X i in formula [6-3c] are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 — and —OCH 2 —.
- At least one linking group selected from the group consisting of: A 1 in Formula [6-1c], A 4 in Formula [6-2c], and A 7 in Formula [6-3c] each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Show. Of these, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
- a 2 in formula [6-1c], A 5 in formula [6-2c], and A 8 in formula [6-3c] each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
- a 3 in Formula [6-1c], A 6 in Formula [6-2c], and A 9 in Formula [6-3c] each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Show. Of these, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
- N1 in Formula [6-1c], n2 in Formula [6-2c], and n3 in Formula [6-3c] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
- M1 in Formula [6-1c], m2 in Formula [6-2c], and m3 in Formula [6-3c] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
- X a in formula [6-1d], X d in formula [6-2d] and X g in formula [6-3d] are each independently a single bond, —O—, —CONH—, — At least one linking group selected from the group consisting of OCH 2 —, —COO— and —OCO—; Of these, a single bond, —O—, —OCH 2 — or —OCO— is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound. More preferably, it is a single bond, —O— or —OCH 2 —.
- X b in formula [6-1d], X e in formula [6-2d], and X h in formula [6-3d] are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), selected from the group consisting of structures represented by formula [6c-1], formula [6c-4] and formula [6c-5] At least one selected.
- any —CH 2 — group of the alkylene group is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, NHCO—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CF 2 —, — C (CF 3) 2 -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -, - OSi (CH 3) 2 - or -Si (CH 3) may be replaced by 2 O-, bonded to any carbon atom
- the hydrogen atom may be replaced by a hydroxyl group (OH group), a carboxyl group (COOH group) or a halogen atom.
- X c in formula [6-1d], X f in formula [6-2d], and X i in formula [6-3d] are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 — and —OCH 2 —.
- at least one linking group selected from A 1 in Formula [6-1d], A 5 in Formula [6-2d], and A 8 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Show. Of these, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
- a 2 in Formula [6-1d], A 6 in Formula [6-2d], and A 9 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
- a 3 in Formula [6-1d], A 7 in Formula [6-2d], and A 10 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
- a 4 in Formula [6-1d], A 8 in Formula [6-2d], and A 11 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Show. Of these, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
- N1 in Formula [6-1d], n2 in Formula [6-2d], and n3 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
- M1 in Formula [6-1d], m2 in Formula [6-2d], and m3 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
- the adhesive compound it is preferable to use at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas [6-1] and [6-5]. (In formula [6-4], n represents an integer of 1 to 10, and in formula [6-5], m represents an integer of 1 to 10). Further, for example, specific examples of the adhesive compound include the following compounds. Polymerizability of trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tri (meth) acryloyloxyethoxytrimethylolpropane, glycerin polyglycidyl ether poly (meth) acrylate, etc.
- the said adhesive compound is an example of a compound, It is not limited to these.
- One type of adhesive compound may be used, or two or more types may be combined.
- the content of the adhesive compound in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 0.1 to 150 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all polymer components.
- the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by weight, and most preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of all polymer components.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent is selected from the group consisting of a compound having an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, an oxetane group or a cyclocarbonate group, or a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group and a lower alkoxyalkyl group. It is also possible to introduce a compound having at least one kind of substituent (collectively referred to as a crosslinkable compound). In that case, it is necessary to have two or more of these substituents in the crosslinkable compound.
- crosslinkable compound having an epoxy group or an isocyanate group examples include bisphenolacetone glycidyl ether, phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, triglycidyl isocyanurate, tetraglycidylaminodiphenylene, tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, tetra Glycidyl-1,3-bis (aminoethyl) cyclohexane, tetraphenyl glycidyl ether ethane, triphenyl glycidyl ether ethane, bisphenol hexafluoroacetodiglycidyl ether, 1,3-bis (1- (2,3-epoxypropoxy)- 1-trifluoromethyl-2,2,2-trifluoromethyl) benzene, 4,4-bis (2,3-epoxypropoxy) octafluorobiphenyl Triglycidyl-p-amin
- the crosslinkable compound having an oxetane group is a crosslinkable compound having at least two oxetane groups represented by the following formula [4]. Specific examples include crosslinkable compounds represented by the formulas [4a] to [4k] described in the paragraphs 58 to 59 of the international publication WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.27).
- the crosslinkable compound having a cyclocarbonate group is a crosslinkable compound having at least two cyclocarbonate groups represented by the following formula [5]. Specifically, crosslinkable compounds represented by the formulas [5-1] to [5-42] described in the paragraphs 76 to 82 of the international publication WO2012 / 014898 (published in 2012.2.2) are listed. It is done.
- Examples of the crosslinkable compound having at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and an alkoxyl group include an amino resin having a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group, such as a melamine resin, a urea resin, a guanamine resin, and a glycoluril.
- a melamine derivative, a benzoguanamine derivative, or glycoluril in which a hydrogen atom of an amino group is substituted with a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, or both can be used.
- the melamine derivative or benzoguanamine derivative can exist as a dimer or a trimer. These preferably have an average of 3 to 6 methylol
- Examples of the melamine derivative or benzoguanamine derivative include MX-750 in which an average of 3.7 methoxymethyl groups are substituted per triazine ring, and an average of 5.8 methoxymethyl groups per triazine ring. Substituted MW-30 (Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) and Cymel 300, 301, 303, 350, 370, 771, 325, 327, 703, 712 and other methoxymethylated melamines, Cymel 235, 236, 238 , 212, 253, 254, etc., methoxymethylated butoxymethylated melamine, Cymel 506, 508, etc., carboxyl group-containing methoxymethylated isobutoxymethylated melamine, Cymel 1141, methoxy such as Cymel 1123 Methylated ethoxymethyl Benzomethylamine, methoxymethylated butoxymethylated benzoguanamine such as Cymel 1123-10, butoxymethylated benzoguanamine such as Cymel 1128,
- Examples of the benzene or phenolic compound having a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group include 1,3,5-tris (methoxymethyl) benzene, 1,2,4-tris (isopropoxymethyl) benzene, 1,4-bis ( sec-butoxymethyl) benzene or 2,6-dihydroxymethyl-p-tert-butylphenol. More specifically, International Publication WO2011 / 132751. (2011.10.27), pages 62 to 66, and crosslinkable compounds represented by the formulas [6-1] to [6-48].
- the content of the crosslinkable compound in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the polymer components.
- the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by weight, and most preferably 1 to 30 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of all polymer components.
- Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic amine compounds represented by the formulas [M1] to [M156] can also be added.
- This amine compound may be added directly to the liquid crystal aligning agent, but it is preferably added after a solution having a concentration of 0.1 to 10% by mass, preferably 1 to 7% by mass with an appropriate solvent.
- the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that dissolves the specific polymer described above.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent a compound that improves the uniformity of the thickness of the vertical liquid crystal aligning film and the surface smoothness when the liquid crystal aligning agent is applied can be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Further, a compound that improves the adhesion between the vertical liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate can be used. Examples of the compound that improves the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film include a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicone-based surfactant, and a nonionic surfactant.
- F-top EF301, EF303, EF352 (above, manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFuck F171, F173, R-30 (above, manufactured by Dainippon Ink, Inc.), Florard FC430, FC431 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Asahi Guard AG710, Surflon S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass).
- the use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the polymer components contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. It is.
- the compound that improves the adhesion between the vertical liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the following functional silane-containing compounds and epoxy group-containing compounds.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent When using a compound to be adhered to these substrates, it is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all polymer components contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. 20 parts by mass. If it is less than 0.1 part by mass, the effect of improving the adhesion cannot be expected, and if it exceeds 30 parts by mass, the storage stability of the liquid crystal aligning agent may be deteriorated.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent includes a dielectric material for changing the electrical properties such as dielectric constant and conductivity of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. A conductive substance may be added.
- the substrate used for the liquid crystal display element is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate.
- a plastic substrate such as an acrylic substrate, a polycarbonate substrate, or a PET (polyethylene terephthalate) substrate can be used.
- a plastic substrate is preferable. From the viewpoint of simplification of the process, it is preferable to use a substrate on which an ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) electrode for driving a liquid crystal is formed.
- a substrate on which a metal or dielectric multilayer film such as a silicon wafer or aluminum is formed can be used as long as the substrate is only on one side.
- the substrates has a vertical liquid crystal alignment film that aligns liquid crystal molecules vertically.
- This vertical liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained by applying a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent on a substrate and baking it, followed by alignment treatment by rubbing treatment or light irradiation. Further, in the case of a vertical liquid crystal alignment film, it can be used as a vertical liquid crystal alignment film without alignment treatment.
- the application method of the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent is not particularly limited, but industrially includes screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, ink jet method, dipping method, roll coater method, slit coater method, spinner method, spray method, etc. Depending on the kind of the substrate and the desired thickness of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film, it can be appropriately selected.
- the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent After the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent is applied on the substrate, it is preferably 30 to 300 ° C., depending on the solvent used for the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, by a heating means such as a hot plate, a thermal circulation oven or an IR (infrared) oven. Can evaporate the solvent at a temperature of 30 to 250 ° C. to form a vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
- the thickness of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film after firing is disadvantageous in terms of power consumption of the liquid crystal display element if it is too thick, and if it is too thin, the reliability of the element may be lowered. Therefore, it is preferably 5 to 300 nm, more preferably 10 to 200 nm.
- the liquid crystal composition used for the liquid crystal display element is a liquid crystal composition having at least a liquid crystal and a polymerizable compound.
- examples of those other than the liquid crystal and the polymerizable compound include the initiator and a spacer for controlling an electrode gap (also referred to as a gap) of the liquid crystal display element.
- the injection method of a liquid crystal composition is not specifically limited, For example, the following method is mentioned. That is, when a glass substrate is used as a substrate, a pair of substrates on which a vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, and a sealant is applied to four pieces of one side of the substrate except for a part, and then the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed. An empty cell is manufactured by attaching the substrate on the other side so that the surface is on the inside. And the method of obtaining the liquid crystal composition injection cell by injecting the liquid crystal composition under reduced pressure from a place where the sealant is not applied can be mentioned.
- a plastic substrate is used as a substrate
- a pair of substrates on which a vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, and a liquid crystal composition is applied on one substrate by an ODF (One Drop Filling) method or an inkjet method.
- ODF One Drop Filling
- a liquid crystal composition injection cell is obtained by dropping and then bonding the other substrate together.
- the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is high, it is not necessary to apply the sealing agent to the four pieces of the substrate.
- the gap of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by a spacer or the like.
- Examples of the method include a method of introducing a spacer having a target size into the liquid crystal composition described above, and a method of using a substrate having a column spacer of a target size.
- the size of the gap is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 to 50 ⁇ m. Particularly preferred is 3 to 30 ⁇ m. If the gap is too small, the contrast of the liquid crystal display element is lowered. If the gap is too large, the driving voltage of the element is increased.
- the liquid crystal display element is obtained by curing the liquid crystal composition in a state where a part or the whole of the liquid crystal composition exhibits liquid crystallinity to form a cured product composite of the liquid crystal and the polymerizable compound.
- the liquid crystal composition is cured by at least one of irradiation with active energy rays and heating the liquid crystal composition injection cell obtained above.
- ultraviolet rays are suitable as the active energy ray.
- the ultraviolet light has a wavelength of 250 nm to 400 nm, preferably 310 nm to 370 nm.
- the temperature is 40 to 120 ° C., preferably 60 to 80 ° C. Further, both the ultraviolet treatment and the heat treatment may be performed simultaneously, or the heat treatment may be performed after the ultraviolet treatment.
- the liquid crystal display element in the present invention is a liquid crystal display element used in transportation equipment and transportation machinery such as automobiles, railways and aircrafts, specifically, an optical shutter element used in a light control window and a room mirror for controlling transmission and blocking of light. It can use suitably for.
- transparency when no voltage is applied and scattering characteristics when voltage is applied are good, so when this element is used for a glass window of a vehicle, when a conventional reverse type element is used.
- the efficiency of taking in light at night is high, and the effect of preventing glare from outside light is also high. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the safety when driving a vehicle and the comfort when riding.
- the liquid crystal display element when the liquid crystal display element is manufactured using a film substrate and is used by being attached to a glass window of a vehicle, the reliability of the element is higher than that of a conventional reverse type element. That is, poor adhesion and deterioration are less likely to occur due to the low adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical alignment film.
- the liquid crystal display element can be used for a light guide plate of a display device such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) or an OLED (Organic Light-Emitting Diode) display, or a back plate of a transparent display using these displays.
- the transparent display and the liquid crystal display element are combined, and when the screen is displayed on the transparent display, the liquid crystal display element suppresses light from entering from the back side.
- the liquid crystal display element is in a scattering state in which voltage is applied when performing screen display on a transparent display, and the screen display can be clarified. After the screen display is finished, no voltage is applied to the transparent display element. It becomes a state.
- A1 1,3-diamino-4- [4- (trans-4-n-heptylcyclohexyl) phenoxy] benzene
- A2 1,3-diamino-4- [4- (trans-4-n-heptylcyclo) Hexyl) phenoxymethyl] benzene
- A3 1,3-diamino-4- ⁇ 4- [trans-4- (trans-4-n-pentylcyclohexyl) cyclohexyl] phenoxy ⁇ benzene
- A4 A4] Diamine
- B1 p-phenylenediamine
- B2 m-phenylenediamine
- B3 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid
- B4 diamine represented by the following formula [B4]
- B5 1,3-diamino-4-octadecyloxybenzene (conventional type) Diamine)
- C1 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride
- C2 bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride
- C3 the following formula [C3 ]
- C4 tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [C4]
- D1 Alkoxysilane monomer represented by the following formula [D1] (alkoxysilane monomer having a specific side chain structure)
- D2 3-Methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (alkoxysilane monomer of the formula [A2])
- D3 3-Ureidopropyltriethoxysilane (alkoxysilane monomer of formula [A2])
- D4 Tetraethoxysilane (alkoxysilane monomer of formula [A3])
- D5 Octadecyltriethoxysilane (conventional alkoxysilane monomer)
- M1 Adhesive compound represented by the following formula [M1]
- M2 Adhesive compound represented by the following formula [M2]
- M3 Adhesive compound represented by the following formula [M3]
- K1 Crosslinkable compound represented by the following formula [K1]
- NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
- NEP N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone
- ⁇ -BL ⁇ -butyrolactone
- BCS ethylene glycol monobutyl ether
- ECS ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
- PB propylene glycol monobutyl ether
- the imidation rate is determined based on protons derived from structures that do not change before and after imidation as reference protons, and the peak integrated value of these protons and proton peaks derived from NH groups of amic acid that appear in the vicinity of 9.5 ppm to 10.0 ppm. It calculated
- Imidization rate (%) (1 ⁇ ⁇ x / y) ⁇ 100 (X is the accumulated proton peak value derived from NH group of amic acid, y is the accumulated peak value of reference proton, ⁇ is the reference proton for one NH group proton of amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidation rate is 0%) The number ratio.
- This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash
- the imidation ratio of this polyimide was 63%, the number average molecular weight was 16,400, and the weight average molecular weight was 46,200.
- This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash
- the imidation ratio of this polyimide was 54%, the number average molecular weight was 16,900, and the weight average molecular weight was 46,300.
- ⁇ Synthesis Example 14> Prepare a solution of alkoxysilane monomer by mixing ECS (29.2 g), D1 (4.10 g) and D4 (38.8 g) in a 200 ml four-necked reaction flask equipped with a thermometer and reflux tube. did. To this solution, ECS (14.6 g), water (10.8 g), and a solution prepared by mixing oxalic acid (0.50 g) as a catalyst were added dropwise at 25 ° C. over 30 minutes. The mixture was further stirred at 25 ° C. for 30 minutes.
- an ITO substrate with a vertical liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of 100 nm Two ITO substrates with the obtained vertical liquid crystal alignment film were prepared, and a 6 ⁇ m spacer was applied to the vertical liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates. Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition is dropped by the ODF method onto the surface of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film coated with the spacer of the substrate, and then bonded so that the interface of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film of the other substrate faces. The liquid crystal display element was obtained.
- a metal halide lamp with an illuminance of 60 mW on the liquid crystal display element before the above treatment a wavelength of 350 nm or less was cut, and ultraviolet irradiation of 7 J / cm 2 in terms of 365 nm was performed to obtain a liquid crystal display element.
- the inside of the irradiation device when the liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays was controlled at 25 ° C.
- the liquid crystal orientation was evaluated using this liquid crystal display element.
- the liquid crystal orientation was observed with a polarizing microscope (ECLIPSE E600WPOL, manufactured by Nikon Corporation) to confirm whether or not the liquid crystal was vertically aligned. Specifically, a liquid crystal in which the liquid crystal is aligned vertically is regarded as excellent in this evaluation (good display in Tables 7 to 10).
- the liquid crystal aligning agent of the Example or comparative example mentioned later was pressure-filtered with the membrane filter with a pore diameter of 1 micrometer, and the liquid crystal display element was produced. Specifically, this solution was washed with pure water on a 150 ⁇ 150 mm ITO (polyethylene terephthalate) substrate with an ITO electrode (length: 150 mm, width: 150 mm, thickness: 0.2 mm) on a bar coater. Then, heat treatment was performed at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate and at 180 ° C. for 1 minute in a heat circulation type clean oven to obtain an ITO substrate with a vertical liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of 100 nm.
- ITO polyethylene terephthalate
- the liquid crystal display element was obtained. Using a metal halide lamp with an illuminance of 60 mW, the obtained liquid crystal display element before treatment was cut at a wavelength of 350 nm or less, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 7 J / cm 2 in terms of 365 nm to obtain a liquid crystal display element.
- the inside of the irradiation apparatus when irradiating a liquid crystal cell with ultraviolet rays was controlled at 25 ° C.
- the liquid crystal orientation was evaluated using this liquid crystal display element.
- the liquid crystal orientation was observed with a polarizing microscope (ECLIPSE E600WPOL, manufactured by Nikon Corporation) to confirm whether or not the liquid crystal was vertically aligned. Specifically, the liquid crystal aligned vertically was regarded as excellent in evaluation (good display in Tables 7 to 10).
- the liquid crystal display element (glass substrate) was measured by measuring the transmittance in a state where no voltage was applied. Specifically, the transmittance was measured under the conditions of UV-3600 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) as a measuring device, 25 ° C., the glass substrate with the ITO electrode as a reference, and a scan wavelength of 300 to 800 nm. The evaluation was performed at a transmittance of a wavelength of 450 nm, and the higher the transmittance, the better the evaluation (the transmittance values are shown in Tables 7 to 10).
- the scattering characteristics at the time of voltage application were performed by applying 40V to the liquid crystal display element by AC driving and visually observing the alignment state of the liquid crystal. Specifically, those in which the element was clouded, that is, those in which scattering characteristics were obtained were regarded as being excellent in evaluation (good display in Tables 7 to 10).
- NMP (9.60 g), BCS (9.40 g), M2 (0.15 g) and K1 (0.08 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (1) (6.00 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 1.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent (1) was obtained by stirring at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- Example 2 NMP (7.50 g) and BCS (12.1 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (2) (6.20 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. 2) was obtained.
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate), and Evaluation of adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) was performed.
- Example 3 Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (2) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Example 2, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal orientation (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
- NMP (13.4 g) was added to the polyimide powder (3) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- BCS (10.9 g) was added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (3).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- Example 5 Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (3) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Example 4, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal orientation (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
- NEP (14.1 g) was added to the polyimide powder (3) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- PB (9.40 g), M2 (0.45 g) and K1 (0.15 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (4).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- liquid crystal aligning agent (4) and the liquid crystal composition (1) production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate), and Evaluation of adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) was performed.
- NEP (11.9 g) was added to the polyimide powder (3) (1.52 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- BCS (11.9g) and M1 (0.53g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 25 degreeC for 5 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (5).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- NEP (15.3 g) was added to the polyimide powder (4) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 4, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- BCS (8.20g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 25 degreeC for 5 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (6).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- preparation of the liquid crystal display element evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- NEP (15.5 g) was added to the polyimide powder (4) (1.52 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 4, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- PB 8.30 g
- M2 (0.53 g)
- K1 (0.15 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (7).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- preparation of the liquid crystal display element evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- NMP (16.5 g) was added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution with no abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation.
- liquid crystal aligning agent (9) Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (9) and the liquid crystal composition (2), production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate) And adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) were evaluated.
- NEP (16.5 g) was added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- BCS (7.10g) and M3 (0.08g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 25 degreeC for 5 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (10).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution with no abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent (10) and the liquid crystal composition (1) production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- NEP (15.3 g) was added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- BCS (2.40 g), PB (5.90 g), M2 (0.45 g) and K1 (0.08 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (11).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- liquid crystal aligning agent (11) Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (11) and the liquid crystal composition (1), production of the above-described liquid crystal display element / evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate), and Evaluation of adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) was performed.
- Example 14 To the polyimide powder (5) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 (1.50 g), ⁇ -BL (17.6 g) was added and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, BCS (5.90 g) and M1 (0.60 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (12). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution with no abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation. Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (12) and the liquid crystal composition (2), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- NEP (13.4 g) was added to the polyimide powder (6) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- PB (10.9 g)
- M2 (0.47 g)
- K1 (0.08 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (13).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- preparation of the liquid crystal display element evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- NMP (14.4 g) was added to the polyimide powder (6) (1.53 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- BCS (9.60 g) and K1 (0.15 g) were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (14).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution with no turbidity or precipitation.
- preparation of the liquid crystal display element evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- NEP (15.8 g) was added to the polyimide powder (7) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 7 and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- PB 8.50 g
- M2 (0.39 g)
- K1 (0.16 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (15).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- liquid crystal aligning agent (15) and the liquid crystal composition (1) production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate), and Evaluation of adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) was performed.
- Example 18 NMP (16.5 g) was added to the polyimide powder (7) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 7, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, BCS (7.10 g), M3 (0.15 g) and K1 (0.08 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (16). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation. Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (16) and the liquid crystal composition (1), production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- Example 19 ⁇ -BL (14.6 g) was added to the polyimide powder (8) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 8, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, BCS (9.70 g) was added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (17). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation. Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (17) and the liquid crystal composition (2), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- NEP 13.0 g was added to the polyimide powder (8) (1.51 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 8, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours.
- BCS (10.6 g), M2 (0.45 g) and K1 (0.15 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (18).
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- preparation of the liquid crystal display element evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- Example 21 ECS (3.70 g) and BCS (11.3 g) were added to the polysiloxane solution (1) (15.0 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 12, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. 19) was obtained.
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent (19) and the liquid crystal composition (1) production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element / evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate), And adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) were evaluated.
- Example 22 Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (19) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Example 20, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
- Example 23 ECS (10.0 g) and BCS (6.00 g) were added to the polysiloxane solution (2) (16.0 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 13, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. 20) was obtained.
- This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
- the liquid crystal aligning agent (20) and the liquid crystal composition (1) production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- Example 24 Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (20) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Example 23, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
- Example 25 ECS (10.0 g), BCS (6.00 g) and M2 (0.24 g) were added to the polysiloxane solution (2) (10.0 g) obtained by the synthesis method of Synthesis Example 13, and 5 ° C. at 25 ° C. By stirring for a time, a liquid crystal aligning agent (21) was obtained. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation. Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (21) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
- Example 27 Using the liquid-crystal aligning agent (22) and liquid-crystal composition (2) obtained in Example 26, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal orientation (glass substrate), evaluation of optical characteristics (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
- the liquid crystal display elements of the examples have higher liquid crystal vertical alignment than the comparative examples, and good optical characteristics, that is, transparency when no voltage is applied and scattering characteristics when a voltage is applied. Good, and furthermore, the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is high.
- the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal is high and good optical characteristics, that is, The transparency when no voltage was applied and the scattering characteristics when a voltage was applied were good.
- liquid crystal composition (2) having a high content of the polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition was used, and only the side chain structure in the polymer was different between the specific side chain structure and the conventional side chain structure.
- Comparison of Example 3 and Comparative Example 2 Comparison of Example 5 and Comparative Example 4, and Comparison of Example 22 and Comparative Example 8 Although the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film was excellent, the liquid crystal was not aligned vertically.
- the vertical alignment property of the liquid crystal and the voltage application Although the transmittance characteristics at the time were excellent, the liquid crystal display element was peeled off due to poor adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film when stored in a high temperature and high humidity tank.
- the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is useful for a liquid crystal display for display purposes, and further for a light control window, an optical shutter element, etc. for houses, buildings, vehicles, etc. for controlling transmission and blocking of light.
- a light control window, an optical shutter element, etc. for houses, buildings, vehicles, etc. for controlling transmission and blocking of light.
Abstract
Description
偏光板を用いずに光の利用効率の高い液晶表示素子として、液晶の透過状態(透明状態ともいう)と散乱状態との間でスイッチングを行う液晶表示素子があり、一般的には、高分子分散型液晶(PDLC(Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal))や高分子ネットワーク型液晶(PNLC(Polymer Network Liquid Crystal))を用いたものが知られている。 A TN (Twisted Nematic) mode has been put to practical use as a liquid crystal display element using a liquid crystal material. In this mode, light is switched using the optical rotation characteristics of the liquid crystal, and when used as a liquid crystal display element, it is necessary to use a polarizing plate. However, the use efficiency of light becomes low by using a polarizing plate.
As a liquid crystal display element having a high light utilization efficiency without using a polarizing plate, there is a liquid crystal display element that switches between a liquid crystal transmission state (also referred to as a transparent state) and a scattering state. A liquid crystal using a dispersive liquid crystal (PDLC (Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal)) or a polymer network liquid crystal (PNLC (Polymer Network Liquid Crystal)) is known.
ノーマル型素子に対して、電圧無印加時に透過状態となり、電圧印加時には、散乱状態になるリバース型素子が報告されている(特許文献1、2参照)。 As a conventional liquid crystal display element using PDLC or PNLC, liquid crystal molecules are in a random direction when no voltage is applied, and thus becomes clouded (scattered). There is known a normal type element that is transmitted and becomes a transmission state. However, in a normal type element, it is necessary to always apply a voltage in order to obtain a transmissive state. Therefore, in applications that are often used in a transparent state, for example, when used in a window glass, power consumption is low. large.
A reverse type element has been reported that is in a transmission state when no voltage is applied to a normal type element and in a scattering state when a voltage is applied (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).
(1)電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有し、前記一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性化合物を含む液晶組成物を配置し、更に、基板の少なくとも一方が液晶を垂直に配向させる液晶配向膜を有し、液晶組成物の一部又は全体が液晶性を示す状態で前記液晶組成物の硬化を行い、液晶と重合性化合物の硬化物複合体を形成させて得られる液晶表示素子であり、前記液晶配向膜が、下記の式[1]で示される構造を有する重合体を含む液晶配向処理剤から得られる液晶配向膜からなる液晶表示素子。
(1) A liquid crystal composition including a polymerizable compound having a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes and polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat is disposed between the pair of substrates, In addition, at least one of the substrates has a liquid crystal alignment film that vertically aligns the liquid crystal, and the liquid crystal composition is cured in a state where a part or the whole of the liquid crystal composition exhibits liquid crystallinity, and the liquid crystal and the polymerizable compound are cured. A liquid crystal display element obtained by forming a compound composite, wherein the liquid crystal alignment film is a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent containing a polymer having a structure represented by the following formula [1] Display element.
(3)前記液晶配向処理剤が、前記式[1]の側鎖を有するジアミン化合物を原料の一部に用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体を含む液晶配向処理剤である上記(2)に記載の液晶表示素子。
(4)前記ジアミン化合物が、下記の式[1a]で示されるジアミン化合物を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体である上記(3)に記載の液晶表示素子。
(3) The liquid crystal aligning agent is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor and a polyimide obtained by using a diamine compound having a side chain of the formula [1] as a part of the raw material. The liquid crystal display element according to (2), which is a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent.
(4) The diamine compound according to (3), wherein the diamine compound is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained by using a diamine compound represented by the following formula [1a] and a polyimide. Liquid crystal display element.
(9)前記液晶表示素子の基板が、ガラス基板又はプラスチック基板である上記(1)~上記(8)のいずれかに記載の液晶表示素子。
(10)上記(1)~(9)のいずれかに記載の液晶表示素子に用いる液晶配向膜。
(11)上記(10)に記載の液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向処理剤。 (8) The liquid crystal display device according to any one of the above (1) to (7), wherein the polymer having the structure represented by the formula [1] has a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 150,000.
(9) The liquid crystal display element according to any one of (1) to (8), wherein the substrate of the liquid crystal display element is a glass substrate or a plastic substrate.
(10) A liquid crystal alignment film used for the liquid crystal display device according to any one of (1) to (9).
(11) A liquid crystal alignment treatment agent for forming the liquid crystal alignment film according to (10).
また、上記特定側鎖構造は、従来の長鎖アルキル基の側鎖構造に比べて、側鎖の導入量が少なくても高い垂直配向性を得ることができる。そのため、特定側鎖構造を有する垂直液晶配向膜を用いたリバース型素子は、液晶層と垂直液晶配向膜との密着性が高いものとなる。 The specific side chain structure represented by the formula [1] used in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has a divalent group having 17 to 25 carbon atoms having a benzene ring, cyclohexyl ring or heterocyclic ring, or a steroid skeleton in the side chain portion. It has an organic group. The side chain structure of these rings and organic groups shows a rigid structure as compared with the side chain structure of long-chain alkyl groups, which is a conventional technique for vertically aligning liquid crystals. As a result, the reverse type device using the vertical liquid crystal alignment film having a specific side chain structure obtains a higher and more stable liquid crystal vertical alignment than the conventional long type alkyl group side chain structure reverse type device. be able to.
In addition, the specific side chain structure can obtain high vertical alignment even when the amount of side chain introduced is small compared to the side chain structure of a conventional long chain alkyl group. Therefore, a reverse element using a vertical liquid crystal alignment film having a specific side chain structure has high adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
本発明の液晶表示素子は、電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有してなり、前記一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性化合物を含む液晶組成物を配置し、更に、基板の少なくとも一方が液晶を垂直に配向させるような液晶配向膜を有し、液晶組成物の一部又は全体が液晶性を示す状態で前記液晶組成物の硬化を行い、液晶と重合性化合物の硬化物複合体を形成させてなる液晶表示素子である、電圧無印加時に透過状態となり、電圧印加時には散乱状態になるリバース型素子に好適に用いることができる。 <Liquid crystal display element>
The liquid crystal display element of the present invention has a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates provided with electrodes, and includes a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat between the pair of substrates. The liquid crystal composition is disposed in a state where at least one of the substrates has a liquid crystal alignment film that aligns the liquid crystal vertically and part or all of the liquid crystal composition exhibits liquid crystallinity. The liquid crystal display device is a liquid crystal display device formed by forming a cured product composite of a liquid crystal and a polymerizable compound, and can be suitably used for a reverse type device that is in a transmission state when no voltage is applied and in a scattering state when a voltage is applied.
本発明で用いる液晶は、ネマチック液晶やスメクチック液晶を用いることができる。なかでも、負の誘電異方性を有するものが好ましい。また、素子の低電圧駆動及び散乱特性の点からは、誘電率の異方性が大きく、屈折率の異方性が大きいものが好ましい。更に、液晶表示素子をTFT(Thin Film Transistor)などの能動素子として駆動させるためには、液晶の電気抵抗が高く、電圧保持率(VHR)が高いことが求められる。そのため、液晶には、電気抵抗が高く、紫外線などの活性エネルギー線によりVHRが低下しないフッ素系や塩素系の液晶を用いることが好ましい。 <LCD>
As the liquid crystal used in the present invention, a nematic liquid crystal or a smectic liquid crystal can be used. Among these, those having negative dielectric anisotropy are preferable. Further, in terms of low voltage driving and scattering characteristics of the element, those having a large dielectric anisotropy and a large refractive index anisotropy are preferable. Furthermore, in order to drive a liquid crystal display element as an active element such as a TFT (Thin Film Transistor), it is required that the liquid crystal has a high electric resistance and a high voltage holding ratio (VHR). For this reason, it is preferable to use a fluorine-based or chlorine-based liquid crystal that has high electrical resistance and does not lower VHR by active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays.
<重合性化合物> In the liquid crystal display element, a dichroic dye can be dissolved in a liquid crystal composition to form a guest-host type element. In this case, an element is obtained that is transparent when no voltage is applied and absorbs (scatters) when a voltage is applied. Further, in the liquid crystal display element, the direction of the director of the liquid crystal changes by 90 degrees depending on the presence or absence of voltage application. Therefore, by using the difference in the light absorption characteristics of the dichroic dye, a high contrast can be obtained as compared with a conventional guest-host type device that switches between random alignment and vertical alignment. A guest-host type element in which a dichroic dye is dissolved is colored when the liquid crystal is aligned in the horizontal direction, and is opaque only in a scattering state. Therefore, as the voltage is applied, it is possible to obtain an element that switches from colorless and transparent when no voltage is applied to a colored opaque and colored transparent state.
<Polymerizable compound>
上記の重合性化合物は、液晶に溶解すれば、どのような化合物であってもよい。ただし、重合性化合物を液晶に溶解した際に、液晶組成物の一部又は全体が液晶相を示す温度が存在することが必要となる。液晶組成物の一部が液晶相を示す場合であっても、液晶表示素子を肉眼で確認して、素子内全体が、ほぼ一様な透明性と散乱特性が得られていれば良い。 The liquid crystal composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and heat. The polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and heat. At that time, polymerization may proceed in any reaction form, and a cured product composite of liquid crystal and a polymerizable compound may be formed. Specific reaction modes of polymerization include radical polymerization, cationic polymerization, anionic polymerization, or polyaddition reaction.
The polymerizable compound may be any compound as long as it dissolves in the liquid crystal. However, when the polymerizable compound is dissolved in the liquid crystal, it is necessary that a temperature at which a part or the whole of the liquid crystal composition exhibits a liquid crystal phase exists. Even when a part of the liquid crystal composition exhibits a liquid crystal phase, it is sufficient that the liquid crystal display element is confirmed with the naked eye and almost uniform transparency and scattering characteristics are obtained throughout the element.
例えば、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート、ブチルエチルアクリレート、ブトキシエチルアクリレート、2-シアノエチルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、2-エトキシエチルアクリレート、N,N-ジエチルアミノエチルアクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチルアクリレート、ジシクロペンタニルアクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルアクリレート、グリシジルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、イソボニルアクリレート、イソデシルアクリレート、ラウリルアクリレート、モルホリンアクリレート、フェノキシエチルアクリレート、フェノキシジエチレングリコールアクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルアクリレート、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロプロピルアクリレート、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロピルアクリレート、2,2,3,4,4,4-ヘキサフルオロブチルアクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルメタクリレート、ブチルエチルメタクリレート、ブトキシエチルメタクリレート、2-シアノエチルメタクリレート、ベンジルメタクリレート、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート、2-エトキシエチルアクリレート、N,N-ジエチルアミノエチルメタクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート、ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート、ジシクロペンテニルメタクリレート、グリシジルメタクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、イソボニルメタクリレート、イソデシルメタクリレート、ラウリルメタクリレート、モルホリンメタクリレート、フェノキシエチルメタクリレート、フェノキシジエチレングリコールメタクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチルメタクリレート、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロピルメタクリレート、2,2,3,4,4,4-ヘキサフルオロブチルメタクリレート、4,4’-ビフェニルジアクリレート、ジエチルスチルべストロールジアクリレート、1,4-ビスアクリロイルオキシベンゼン、4,4’-ビスアクリロイルオキシジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-ビスアクリロイルオキシジフェニルメタン、3,9-[1,1-ジメチル-2-アクリロイルオキシエチル]-2,4,8,10-テトラスピロ[5,5]ウンデカン、α,α’-ビス[4-アクリロイルオキシフェニル]-1,4-ジイソプロピルベンゼン、1,4-ビスアクリロイルオキシテトラフルオロベンゼン、4,4’-ビスアクリロイルオキシオクタフルオロビフェニル、ジエチレングリコールアクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアクリレート、ジシクロペンタニルジアクリレート、グリセロールジアクリレート、1,6-へキサンジオールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールモノヒドロキシペンタアクリレート、4,4’-ジアクリロイルオキシスチルベン、4,4’-ジアクリロイルオキシジメチルスチルベン、4,4’-ジアクリロイルオキシジエチルスチルベン、4,4’-ジアクリロイルオキシジプロピルスチルベン、4,4’-ジアクリロイルオキシジブチルスチルベン、4,4’-ジアクリロイルオキシジペンチルスチルベン、4,4’-ジアクリロイルオキシジヘキシルスチルベン、4,4’-ジアクリロイルオキシジフルオロスチルベン、2,2,3,3,4,4-ヘキサフルオロペンタンジオール-1,5-ジアクリレート、1,1,2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロピル-1,3-ジアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジメタクリレート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジメタクリレート、1,6-へキサンジオールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールモノヒドロキシペンタメタクリレート、2,2,3,3,4,4-ヘキサフルオロペンタンジオール-1,5-ジメタクリレートなどのモノマー及びオリゴマーが挙げられる。
なかでも、電圧印加時の散乱特性を高くすることを目的に、3個以上の官能基を有する多官能性型のラジカル型の重合性化合物を用いることが好ましい。 When the reaction form of the polymerizable compound is radical polymerization, the following radical type polymerizable compound can be used.
For example, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, butyl ethyl acrylate, butoxyethyl acrylate, 2-cyanoethyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, N, N-diethylaminoethyl acrylate, N, N— Dimethylaminoethyl acrylate, dicyclopentanyl acrylate, dicyclopentenyl acrylate, glycidyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, morpholine acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate, 2,2, 2-trifluoroethyl acrylate, 2, , 3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl acrylate, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl acrylate, 2,2,3,4,4,4-hexafluorobutyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, butylethyl methacrylate , Butoxyethyl methacrylate, 2-cyanoethyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, N, N-diethylaminoethyl methacrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, dicyclopentanyl methacrylate , Dicyclopentenyl methacrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, isodecyl Tacrylate, lauryl methacrylate, morpholine methacrylate, phenoxyethyl methacrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol methacrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl methacrylate, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl methacrylate, 2,2,3,4,4 4-hexafluorobutyl methacrylate, 4,4′-biphenyl diacrylate, diethylstilbestrol diacrylate, 1,4-bisacryloyloxybenzene, 4,4′-bisacryloyloxydiphenyl ether, 4,4′-bisacryloyloxy Diphenylmethane, 3,9- [1,1-dimethyl-2-acryloyloxyethyl] -2,4,8,10-tetraspiro [5,5] undecane, α, α'-bis [4-acryloyloxy Enyl] -1,4-diisopropylbenzene, 1,4-bisacryloyloxytetrafluorobenzene, 4,4′-bisacryloyloxyoctafluorobiphenyl, diethylene glycol acrylate, 1,4-butanediol diacrylate, 1,3-butylene Glycol diacrylate, dicyclopentanyl diacrylate, glycerol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol Triacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaeryth Tall monohydroxypentaacrylate, 4,4′-diaacryloyloxystilbene, 4,4′-diaacryloyloxydimethylstilbene, 4,4′-diaacryloyloxydiethylstilbene, 4,4′-diaacryloyloxydipropylstilbene, 4,4′-diacryloyloxydibutylstilbene, 4,4′-diaacryloyloxydipentylstilbene, 4,4′-diaacryloyloxydihexylstilbene, 4,4′-diacryloyloxydifluorostilbene, 2,2,3 3,4,4-hexafluoropentanediol-1,5-diacrylate, 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropyl-1,3-diacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,4-butane Diol dimethacrylate, 1,3 -Butylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetramethacrylate, And monomers and oligomers such as dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypentamethacrylate, 2,2,3,3,4,4-hexafluoropentanediol-1,5-dimethacrylate.
Among them, it is preferable to use a polyfunctional radical-type polymerizable compound having three or more functional groups for the purpose of enhancing the scattering characteristics when a voltage is applied.
上記のラジカル型の重合性化合物は、液晶表示素子の光学特性や液晶層と垂直液晶配向膜との密着性の特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。 Specifically, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypentaacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, penta Examples thereof include monomers and oligomers such as erythritol tetramethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypentamethacrylate.
The radical type polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more depending on the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element and the adhesion characteristics between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
具体的には、tert-ブチルペルオキシ-iso-ブタレート、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ビス(ベンゾイルジオキシ)へキサン、1,4-ビス[α-(tert-ブチルジオキシ)-iso-プロポキシ]ベンゼン、ジ-tert-ブチルペルオキシド、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ビス(tert-ブチルジオキシ)へキセンヒドロペルオキシド、α-(iso-プロピルフェニル)-iso-プロピルヒドロペルオキシド、2,5-ジメチルへキサン、tert-ブチルヒドロペルオキシド、1,1-ビス(tert-ブチルジオキシ)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロへキサン、ブチル-4,4-ビス(tert-ブチルジオキシ)バレレート、シクロへキサノンペルオキシド、2,2’,5,5’-テトラ(tert-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-アミルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-ヘキシルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ビス(tert-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)-4,4’-ジカルボキシベンゾフェノン、tert-ブチルペルオキシベンゾエート、ジ-tert-ブチルジペルオキシイソフタレートなどの有機過酸化物や、9,10-アントラキノン、1-クロロアントラキノン、2-クロロアントラキノン、オクタメチルアントラキノン、1,2-ベンズアントラキノンなどのキノン類、ベンゾインメチル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、α-メチルベンゾイン、α-フェニルベンゾインなどのベンゾイン誘導体などが挙げられる。 Furthermore, when the reaction type of the polymerizable compound is radical polymerization, a radical initiator that generates radicals by ultraviolet rays can be introduced into the liquid crystal composition.
Specifically, tert-butylperoxy-iso-butrate, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis (benzoyldioxy) hexane, 1,4-bis [α- (tert-butyldioxy) -iso-propoxy Benzene, di-tert-butyl peroxide, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis (tert-butyldioxy) hexene hydroperoxide, α- (iso-propylphenyl) -iso-propyl hydroperoxide, 2,5- Dimethylhexane, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, 1,1-bis (tert-butyldioxy) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, butyl-4,4-bis (tert-butyldioxy) valerate, cyclohexanone Peroxide, 2,2 ', 5,5'-tetra (tert-butylperoxide Xoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetra (tert-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetra (tert-amylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetra (tert-hexylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 3,3′-bis (tert-butylperoxycarbonyl) -4,4′-dicarboxybenzophenone, tert-butylperoxybenzoate, di-tert-butyldi Organic peroxides such as peroxyisophthalate, quinones such as 9,10-anthraquinone, 1-chloroanthraquinone, 2-chloroanthraquinone, octamethylanthraquinone, 1,2-benzanthraquinone, benzoin methyl, benzoin ethyl ether, and benzoin derivatives such as α-methylbenzoin and α-phenylbenzoin.
具体的には、ヒドロキシル基、ヒドロキシアルキル基、及び低級アルコキシアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の架橋形成基を有する化合物である。
例えば、アミノ基の水素原子がメチロール基、アルコキシメチル基またその両方で置換されたメラミン誘導体、ベンゾグアナミン誘導体又はグリコールウリルを用いることができる。このメラミン誘導体やベンゾグアナミン誘導体はオリゴマーであっても良い。これらはトリアジン環1個当たり、メチルール基又はアルコキシメチル基を平均3個以上6個未満有するものが好ましい。 When the reaction form of the polymerizable compound is cationic polymerization or anionic polymerization, the following ionic type polymerizable compounds can be used.
Specifically, it is a compound having at least one cross-linking group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, and a lower alkoxyalkyl group.
For example, a melamine derivative, a benzoguanamine derivative or glycoluril in which a hydrogen atom of an amino group is substituted with a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group or both can be used. The melamine derivative or benzoguanamine derivative may be an oligomer. These preferably have an average of 3 or more and less than 6 methylol groups or alkoxymethyl groups per one triazine ring.
上記のイオン型の重合性化合物は、光学特性や液晶層と垂直液晶配向膜との密着性の特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することもできる。 In addition, as the ionic polymerizable compound, a compound having an epoxy group and an isocyanate group and having a crosslinking group can also be used. Specifically, bisphenolacetone glycidyl ether, phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, triglycidyl isocyanurate, tetraglycidylaminodiphenylene, tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, tetraglycidyl-1,3-bis (aminoethyl) ) Cyclohexane, tetraphenyl glycidyl ether ethane, triphenyl glycidyl ether ethane, bisphenol hexafluoroacetodiglycidyl ether, 1,3-bis (1- (2,3-epoxypropoxy) -1-trifluoromethyl-2,2, 2-trifluoromethyl) benzene, 4,4-bis (2,3-epoxypropoxy) octafluorobiphenyl, triglycidyl-p-aminophenol, tetraglycidylme Xylenediamine, 2- (4- (2,3-epoxypropoxy) phenyl) -2- (4- (1,1-bis (4- (2,3-epoxypropoxy) phenyl) ethyl) phenyl) propane, , 3-Bis (4- (1- (4- (2,3-epoxypropoxy) phenyl) -1- (4- (1- (4- (2,3-epoxypropoxyphenyl) -1-methylethyl) Phenyl) ethyl) phenoxy) -2-propanol and the like.
The ionic polymerizable compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more depending on the optical properties and the adhesion properties between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
具体的には、トリアジン系化合物、アセトフェノン誘導体化合物、ジスルホン系化合物、ジアゾメタン系化合物、スルホン酸誘導体化合物、ジアリールヨードニウム塩、トリアリールスルホニウム塩、トリアリールホスホニウム塩、鉄アレーン錯体などを用いることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。より具体的には、例えば、ジフェニルヨードニウムクロライド、ジフェニルヨードニウムトリフルオロメタンスルホネート、ジフェニルヨードニウムメシレート、ジフェニルヨードニウムトシレート、ジフェニルヨードニウムブロミド、ジフェニルヨードニウムテトラフルオロボレート、ジフェニルヨードニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、ジフェニルヨードニウムヘキサフルオロアルセネート、ビス(p-tert-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート、ビス(p-tert-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムメシレート、ビス(p-tert-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムトシレート、ビス(p-tert-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムトリフルオロメタンスルホネート、ビス(p-tert-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムテトラフルオロボレート、ビス(p-tert-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムクロリド、ビス(p-クロロフェニル)ヨードニウムクロライド、ビス(p-クロロフェニル)ヨードニウムテトラフルオロボレート、トリフェニルスルホニウムクロリド、トリフェニルスルホニウムブロミド、トリ(p-メトキシフェニル)スルホニウムテトラフルオロボレート、トリ(p-メトキシフェニル)スルホニウムヘキサフルオロホスホネート、トリ(p-エトキシフェニル)スルホニウムテトラフルオロボレート、トリフェニルホスホニウムクロリド、トリフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、トリ(p-メトキシフェニル)ホスホニウムテトラフルオロボレート、トリ(p-メトキシフェニル)ホスホニウムヘキサフルオロホスホネート、又はトリ(p-エトキシフェニル)ホスホニウムテトラフルオロボレートが挙げられる。
また、ビス[[(2-ニトロベンジル)オキシ]カルボニルへキサン-1,6-ジアミン]、ニトロベンジルシクロへキシルカルバメート、ジ(メトキシベンジル)ヘキサメチレンジカルバメート、ビス[[(2-ニトロベンジル)オキシ]カルボニルへキサン-1,6-ジアミン]、ニトロベンジルシクロへキシルカルバメート又はジ(メトキシベンジル)ヘキサメチレンジカルバメートが挙げられる。
上記の重合性化合物の中で、本発明では、液晶表示素子の光学特性の点から、ラジカル型の重合性化合物を用いることが好ましい。 Furthermore, when the reaction mode of the polymerizable compound is cationic polymerization or anionic polymerization, an ion initiator that generates an acid or a base by ultraviolet rays can be introduced into the liquid crystal composition.
Specifically, triazine compounds, acetophenone derivative compounds, disulfone compounds, diazomethane compounds, sulfonic acid derivative compounds, diaryl iodonium salts, triaryl sulfonium salts, triaryl phosphonium salts, iron arene complexes, and the like can be used. However, it is not limited to these. More specifically, for example, diphenyl iodonium chloride, diphenyl iodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, diphenyl iodonium mesylate, diphenyl iodonium tosylate, diphenyl iodonium bromide, diphenyl iodonium tetrafluoroborate, diphenyl iodonium hexafluoroantimonate, diphenyl iodonium hexafluoroarsenate. Bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium hexafluorophosphate, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium mesylate, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium tosylate, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) ) Iodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, bis (p-tert-butylphenol) L) iodonium tetrafluoroborate, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium chloride, bis (p-chlorophenyl) iodonium chloride, bis (p-chlorophenyl) iodonium tetrafluoroborate, triphenylsulfonium chloride, triphenylsulfonium bromide, triphenyl (P-methoxyphenyl) sulfonium tetrafluoroborate, tri (p-methoxyphenyl) sulfonium hexafluorophosphonate, tri (p-ethoxyphenyl) sulfonium tetrafluoroborate, triphenylphosphonium chloride, triphenylphosphonium bromide, tri (p-methoxy Phenyl) phosphonium tetrafluoroborate, tri (p-methoxyphenyl) phosphonium hexafluorophos Sulfonates, or tri (p- ethoxyphenyl) phosphonium tetrafluoroborate and the like.
Also, bis [[(2-nitrobenzyl) oxy] carbonylhexane-1,6-diamine], nitrobenzylcyclohexyl carbamate, di (methoxybenzyl) hexamethylene dicarbamate, bis [[(2-nitrobenzyl) Oxy] carbonylhexane-1,6-diamine], nitrobenzyl cyclohexyl carbamate or di (methoxybenzyl) hexamethylene dicarbamate.
Among the above polymerizable compounds, in the present invention, a radical type polymerizable compound is preferably used from the viewpoint of the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element.
また、重合性化合物の反応を促進するラジカル開始剤及びイオン開始剤の導入量には特に制限は無いが、好ましくは、液晶100質量部に対して、0.01~10質量部であり、なかでも、0.05~5質量部が好ましい。特に好ましいのは、0.05~3質量部である。 The amount of the polymerizable compound introduced into the liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, but when the amount of the polymerizable compound introduced is large, the polymerizable compound does not dissolve in the liquid crystal, or the temperature at which the liquid crystal composition exhibits a liquid crystal phase. Or the change between the transparent state and the scattering state of the element becomes small, and the optical characteristics deteriorate. In addition, when the amount of the polymerizable compound introduced is small, the curability of the liquid crystal layer is lowered, and further, the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is lowered, and the alignment of the liquid crystal against mechanical external pressure is reduced. Is easily disturbed. Therefore, the introduction amount of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal, and more preferably 5 to 40 parts by mass. Particularly preferred is 11 to 30 parts by mass.
Further, the introduction amount of the radical initiator and the ionic initiator that promote the reaction of the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal. However, 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is preferable. Particularly preferred is 0.05 to 3 parts by mass.
本発明の液晶表示素子は、基板の少なくとも一方に液晶を垂直に配向させるような垂直液晶配向膜を有する。その際の垂直液晶配向膜は、下記の式[1]で示される特定側鎖構造を有する特定重合体を含む液晶配向処理剤から得られる。
The liquid crystal display element of the present invention has a vertical liquid crystal alignment film that vertically aligns liquid crystal on at least one of the substrates. The vertical liquid crystal alignment film in that case is obtained from the liquid-crystal aligning agent containing the specific polymer which has a specific side chain structure shown by following formula [1].
式[1]中、Y2は単結合又は-(CH2)b-(bは1~15の整数である)を示す。なかでも、単結合又は(CH2)b-(bは1~10の整数である)が好ましい。
式[1]中、Y3は単結合、-(CH2)c-(cは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CH2O-、-COO-又は-OCO-を示す。なかでも、合成の容易さの点から、単結合、-(CH2)c-(cは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CH2O-又は-COO-が好ましい。より好ましいのは、単結合、-(CH2)c-(cは1~10の整数である)、-O-、-CH2O-又は-COO-である。 In the formula [1], Y 1 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. . Among these, from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis, a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO. -Is preferred. More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—.
In the formula [1], Y 2 represents a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 15). Among these, a single bond or (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 10) is preferable.
In the formula [1], Y 3 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. . Of these, a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO— is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis. More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—.
式[1]中、Y5はベンゼン環、シクロヘキサン環及び複素環からなる群から選ばれる2価の環状基を示し、これらの環状基上の任意の水素原子が、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルコキシル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい。なかでも、ベンゼン環又はシクロへキサン環が好ましい。 In the formula [1], Y 4 is a divalent cyclic group selected from the group consisting of a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom of these cyclic groups is an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Group, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a fluorine atom. Furthermore, Y 4 may be a divalent organic group selected from the group consisting of organic groups having 17 to 51 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton. Among these, an organic group having 17 to 51 carbon atoms having a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring or a steroid skeleton is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
In formula [1], Y 5 represents a divalent cyclic group selected from the group consisting of a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Group, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a fluorine atom. Of these, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring is preferable.
式[1]中、Y6は炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~18のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシル基又は炭素数1~18のフッ素含有アルコキシル基を示す。なかでも、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシル基又は炭素数1~10のフッ素含有アルコキシル基が好ましい。より好ましくは、炭素数1~12のアルキル基又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシル基である。特に好ましくは、炭素数1~9のアルキル基又は炭素数1~9のアルコキシル基である。 In the formula [1], n represents an integer of 0 to 4. Among these, 0 to 3 are preferable from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis. More preferred is 0-2.
In the formula [1], Y 6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. . Of these, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
上記特定重合体にポリイミド前駆体又はポリイミド(総称してポリイミド系重合体ともいう)を用いる場合、それらは、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを反応させて得られるポリイミド前駆体又はポリイミドであることが好ましい。 The specific polymer having the specific side chain structure is not particularly limited, but from the group consisting of acrylic polymer, methacrylic polymer, novolac resin, polyhydroxystyrene, polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyamide, polyester, cellulose and polysiloxane. It is preferably at least one polymer selected. Among these, a polyimide precursor, polyimide or polysiloxane is preferable.
When a polyimide precursor or polyimide (also collectively referred to as a polyimide polymer) is used for the specific polymer, they are a polyimide precursor or polyimide obtained by reacting a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component. Is preferred.
ポリイミド系重合体は、下記の式[B]で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と下記の式[C]で示されるジアミン化合物とを原料とすることで比較的簡便に得られるため、下記の式[D]で示される繰り返し単位の構造式からなるポリアミド酸又は該ポリアミド酸をイミド化させたポリイミドが好ましい。
The polyimide polymer can be obtained relatively easily by using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [B] and a diamine compound represented by the following formula [C] as raw materials. Polyamic acid comprising the structural formula of the repeating unit represented by the formula [D] or polyimide obtained by imidizing the polyamic acid is preferred.
また、通常の合成手法で、上記で得られた式[D]の重合体に、式[A]で示されるA1及びA2の炭素数1~8のアルキル基、及び式[A]で示されるA3及びA4の炭素数1~5のアルキル基又はアセチル基を導入することもできる。
In addition, the polymer of the formula [D] obtained above by the usual synthesis method is added to the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms of A 1 and A 2 represented by the formula [A] and the formula [A]. It is also possible to introduce an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an acetyl group of A 3 and A 4 shown.
式[1a]中、Y2は単結合又は-(CH2)b-(bは1~15の整数である)を示す。なかでも、単結合又は(CH2)b-(bは1~10の整数である)が好ましい。
式[1a]中、Y3は単結合、-(CH2)c-(cは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CH2O-、-COO-又は-OCO-を示す。なかでも、合成の容易さの点から、単結合、-(CH2)c-(cは1~15の整数である)、-O-、-CH2O-又は-COO-が好ましい。より好ましいのは、単結合、-(CH2)c-(cは1~10の整数である)、-O-、-CH2O-又は-COO-である。 In the formula [1a], Y 1 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. . Among these, from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis, a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO. -Is preferred. More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) a — (a is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—.
In the formula [1a], Y 2 represents a single bond or — (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 15). Among these, a single bond or (CH 2 ) b — (b is an integer of 1 to 10) is preferable.
In the formula [1a], Y 3 represents a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O—, —COO— or —OCO—. . Of these, a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 15), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO— is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis. More preferred is a single bond, — (CH 2 ) c — (c is an integer of 1 to 10), —O—, —CH 2 O— or —COO—.
式[1a]中、Y5はベンゼン環、シクロヘキサン環又は複素環から選ばれる2価の環状基を示し、これらの環状基上の任意の水素原子が、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~3のフッ素含有アルコキシル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい。なかでも、ベンゼン環又はシクロへキサン環が好ましい。 In the formula [1a], Y 4 is a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring or a heterocyclic ring, and an arbitrary hydrogen atom of these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, carbon It may be substituted with an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a fluorine atom. Furthermore, Y 4 may be a divalent organic group selected from organic groups having 17 to 51 carbon atoms and having a steroid skeleton. Among these, an organic group having 17 to 51 carbon atoms having a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring or a steroid skeleton is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
In the formula [1a], Y 5 represents a divalent cyclic group selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring or a heterocyclic ring, and any hydrogen atom on these cyclic groups is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, carbon It may be substituted with an alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a fluorine atom. Of these, a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring is preferable.
式[1a]中、Y6は炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~18のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシル基又は炭素数1~18のフッ素含有アルコキシル基を示す。なかでも、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のフッ素含有アルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシル基又は炭素数1~10のフッ素含有アルコキシル基が好ましい。より好ましくは、炭素数1~12のアルキル基又は炭素数1~12のアルコキシル基である。特に好ましくは、炭素数1~9のアルキル基又は炭素数1~9のアルコキシル基である。 In the formula [1a], n represents an integer of 0 to 4. Among these, 0 to 3 are preferable from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and ease of synthesis. More preferred is 0-2.
In the formula [1a], Y 6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. . Of these, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms or an alkoxyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
また、国際公開公報の各表に掲載される(2-605)~(2-629)におけるステロイド骨格を有する炭素数12~25の有機基は、いずれも、本発明のステロイド骨格を有する炭素数17~51の有機基に読み替えるものとする。 Preferable combinations of Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 , Y 6 and n in the formula [1a] include pages 13 to 34 of International Publication No. WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.20). The same combinations as (2-1) to (2-629) listed in Tables 6 to 47 of the above are listed. It should be noted that Y 1 to Y 6 in each table of the International Publication are respectively replaced with Y 1 to Y 6 of the present invention.
In addition, any of the organic groups having 12 to 25 carbon atoms having a steroid skeleton in (2-605) to (2-629) listed in the tables of International Publications each has a carbon number having a steroid skeleton of the present invention. It shall be read as 17 to 51 organic groups.
式[1a]中、mは1~4の整数である。好ましくは、1である。 Among them, (2-25) to (2-96), (2-145) to (2-168), (2-217) to (2-240), (2-268) to (2-315) , (2-364) to (2-387), (2-436) to (2-483), or (2-603) to (2-615) are preferred. Particularly preferred combinations are (2-49) to (2-96), (2-145) to (2-168), (2-217) to (2-240), (2-603) to (2- 606), (2-607) to (2-609), (2-611), (2-612) or (2-624).
In the formula [1a], m is an integer of 1 to 4. Preferably, 1.
上記の特定側鎖型ジアミン化合物は、ポリイミド系重合体の溶媒への溶解性、垂直液晶配向膜にした際の液晶の垂直配向性、更には、液晶表示素子の光学特性などの特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することができる。 In the present invention, these specific side chain type diamine compounds are contained in an amount of 10 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less of the entire diamine component from the viewpoint of the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal and the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film. Preferably there is. More preferably, it is 10 mol% or more and 70 mol% or less.
The specific side chain type diamine compound described above depends on the solubility of the polyimide polymer in the solvent, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal when the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and the characteristics such as the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. One type or a mixture of two or more types can be used.
すなわち、式[2]で示されるジアミン化合物としては、2,4-ジメチル-m-フェニレンジアミン、2,6-ジアミノトルエン、2,4-ジアミノフェノール、3,5-ジアミノフェノール、3,5-ジアミノベンジルアルコール、2,4-ジアミノベンジルアルコール、4,6-ジアミノレゾルシノール、2,4-ジアミノ安息香酸、2,5-ジアミノ安息香酸、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸の他に、下記の式[2-1]~[2-6]で示される構造のジアミン化合物を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the diamine compound represented by the formula [2] are shown below, but are not limited to these examples.
That is, examples of the diamine compound represented by the formula [2] include 2,4-dimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminophenol, 3,5- In addition to diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2,4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, 2,4-diaminobenzoic acid, 2,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, the following formula [ Examples thereof include diamine compounds having structures represented by 2-1] to [2-6].
例えば、m-フェニレンジアミン、p-フェニレンジアミン、4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジカルボキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジフルオロ-4,4’- ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-トリフルオロメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-スルホニルジアニリン、3,3’-スルホニルジアニリン、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シラン、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)シラン、ジメチル-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シラン、ジメチル-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)シラン、4,4’-チオジアニリン、3,3’-チオジアニリン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、2,2’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、2,3’-ジアミノジフェニルアミン、N-メチル(4,4’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(3,3’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(3,4’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(2,2’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、N-メチル(2,3’-ジアミノジフェニル)アミン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、1,4-ジアミノナフタレン、2,2’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、2,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、1,6-ジアミノナフタレン、1,7-ジアミノナフタレン、1,8-ジアミノナフタレン、2,5-ジアミノナフタレン、2,6ジアミノナフタレン、2,7-ジアミノナフタレン、2,8-ジアミノナフタレン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、1,2-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)エタン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)プロパン、1,4-ビス(4アミノフェニル)ブタン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)ブタン、ビス(3,5-ジエチル-4-アミノフェニル)メタン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノベンジル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、4,4’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,4’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,4’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,3’-[1,4-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、3,3’-[1,3-フェニレンビス(メチレン)]ジアニリン、1,4-フェニレンビス[(4-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,4-フェニレンビス[(3-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,3-フェニレンビス[(4-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,3-フェニレンビス[(3-アミノフェニル)メタノン]、1,4-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)、1,4-フェニレンビス(3-アミノベンゾエート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(3-アミノベンゾエート)、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)イソフタレート、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)イソフタレート、N,N’-(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(4-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビス(4-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(3-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-(1,3-フェニレン)ビス(3-アミノベンズアミド)、N,N’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)テレフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)イソフタルアミド、N,N’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)イソフタルアミド、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2’-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2’-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2’-ビス(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン、1,5-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン、1,6-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)へキサン、1,6-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)へキサン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,7-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,8-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,8-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,9-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,9-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,10-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、1,10-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、1,11-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ウンデカン、1,11-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ウンデカン、1,12-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ドデカン、1,12-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ドデカン、ビス(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-メチルシクロヘキシル)メタン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタン、1,5-ジアミノペンタン、1,6-ジアミノへキサン、1,7-ジアミノヘプタン、1,8-ジアミノオクタン、1,9-ジアミノノナン、1,10-ジアミノデカン、1,11-ジアミノウンデカン又は1,12-ジアミノドデカンなどが挙げられる。 In order to produce the said polyimide-type polymer, diamine compounds other than the diamine compound shown by Formula [1a] and Formula [2] (it is also called another diamine compound) can also be used as a diamine compound. Specific examples of other diamine compounds are shown below, but are not limited to these examples.
For example, m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dimethoxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dihydroxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dicarboxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-difluoro-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3 ′ -Trifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'- Diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,3'-diaminodiph Nylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-sulfonyldianiline 3,3′-sulfonyldianiline, bis (4-aminophenyl) silane, bis (3-aminophenyl) silane, dimethyl-bis (4-aminophenyl) silane, dimethyl-bis (3-aminophenyl) silane, 4,4'-thiodianiline, 3,3'-thiodianiline, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylamine, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,2'-diaminodiphenylamine, 2,3 ' -Diaminodiphenylamine, N-methyl (4,4'-diaminodi Phenyl) amine, N-methyl (3,3′-diaminodiphenyl) amine, N-methyl (3,4′-diaminodiphenyl) amine, N-methyl (2,2′-diaminodiphenyl) amine, N-methyl ( 2,3′-diaminodiphenyl) amine, 4,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3′-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 1,4-diaminonaphthalene, 2,2′-diaminobenzophenone, 2, , 3'-diaminobenzophenone, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 1,6-diaminonaphthalene, 1,7-diaminonaphthalene, 1,8-diaminonaphthalene, 2,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6 diaminonaphthalene, 2, 7-diaminonaphthalene, 2,8-diaminonaphthalene, 1,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) ethane 1,2-bis (3-aminophenyl) ethane, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenyl) propane, 1,4-bis (4aminophenyl) butane 1,4-bis (3-aminophenyl) butane, bis (3,5-diethyl-4-aminophenyl) methane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4- Aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminobenzyl) benzene, 1,3-bis ( 4-Aminophenoxy) benzene, 4,4 ′-[1,4-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 4,4 ′-[1,3-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,4 ′-[1 , 4-F Nylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,4 ′-[1,3-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,3 ′-[1,4-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 3,3 ′-[1 , 3-phenylenebis (methylene)] dianiline, 1,4-phenylenebis [(4-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,4-phenylenebis [(3-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,3-phenylenebis [ (4-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,3-phenylenebis [(3-aminophenyl) methanone], 1,4-phenylenebis (4-aminobenzoate), 1,4-phenylenebis (3-aminobenzoate) 1,3-phenylenebis (4-aminobenzoate), 1,3-phenylenebis (3-aminobenzoate), bis (4-aminophenoxy) Terephthalate, bis (3-aminophenyl) terephthalate, bis (4-aminophenyl) isophthalate, bis (3-aminophenyl) isophthalate, N, N ′-(1,4-phenylene) bis (4-amino) Benzamide), N, N ′-(1,3-phenylene) bis (4-aminobenzamide), N, N ′-(1,4-phenylene) bis (3-aminobenzamide), N, N ′-(1 , 3-phenylene) bis (3-aminobenzamide), N, N′-bis (4-aminophenyl) terephthalamide, N, N′-bis (3-aminophenyl) terephthalamide, N, N′-bis ( 4-aminophenyl) isophthalamide, N, N′-bis (3-aminophenyl) isophthalamide, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 4,4′- (4-aminophenoxy) diphenylsulfone, 2,2′-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2′-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2′-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2′-bis (3-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-methylphenyl) hexafluoro Propane, 2,2′-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2′-bis (3-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-methylphenyl) propane, 1, 3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) propane, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) propane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) butane, 1,4-bi Sus (3-aminophenoxy) butane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenoxy) pentane, 1,5-bis (3-aminophenoxy) pentane, 1,6-bis (4-aminophenoxy) hexane, , 6-Bis (3-aminophenoxy) hexane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenoxy) heptane, 1,7- (3-aminophenoxy) heptane, 1,8-bis (4-aminophenoxy) octane 1,8-bis (3-aminophenoxy) octane, 1,9-bis (4-aminophenoxy) nonane, 1,9-bis (3-aminophenoxy) nonane, 1,10-bis (4-aminophenoxy) ) Decane, 1,10-bis (3-aminophenoxy) decane, 1,11-bis (4-aminophenoxy) undecane, 1,11-bis (3-aminophenoxy) Ndecane, 1,12-bis (4-aminophenoxy) dodecane, 1,12-bis (3-aminophenoxy) dodecane, bis (4-aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis (4-amino-3-methylcyclohexyl) methane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, 1,6-diaminohexane, 1,7-diaminoheptane, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminononane, , 10-diaminodecane, 1,11-diaminoundecane or 1,12-diaminododecane.
具体的には、下記の式[DA1]~[DA13]で示されるジアミン化合物を例示することができる。
Specifically, diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA1] to [DA13] can be exemplified.
加えて、その他ジアミン化合物として、下記の式[DA23]及び式[DA24]で示されるジアミン化合物を用いることもできる。 Furthermore, a diamine compound represented by the following formula [DA22] can also be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
In addition, as other diamine compounds, diamine compounds represented by the following formulas [DA23] and [DA24] can also be used.
ポリイミド系重合体を作製するためのテトラカルボン酸成分としては、下記の式[3]で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物やそのテトラカルボン酸誘導体であるテトラカルボン酸、テトラカルボン酸ジハライド化合物、テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル化合物又はテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルジハライド化合物(すべてを総称して特定テトラカルボン酸成分ともいう)を用いることが好ましい。
Examples of the tetracarboxylic acid component for producing the polyimide polymer include tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula [3] and tetracarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic acid dihalide compound, tetracarboxylic acid derivative thereof, tetra It is preferable to use a carboxylic acid dialkyl ester compound or a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide compound (all are collectively referred to as a specific tetracarboxylic acid component).
式[3g]中、Z6及びZ7は水素原子又はメチル基を示し、それぞれ同じであっても異なってもよい。
上記特定テトラカルボン酸成分である式[3]に示される構造中、Z1は、合成の容易さやポリマーを製造する際の重合反応性のし易さの点から、式[3a]、式[3c]、式[3d]、式[3e]、式[3f]又は式[3g]で示される構造が好ましい。より好ましいのは、式[3a]、式[3e]、式[3f]又は式[3g]で示される構造であり、特に好ましいのは、式[3e]、式[3f]又は式[3g]である。 In the formula [3a], Z 2 to Z 5 represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a chlorine atom or a benzene ring, and may be the same or different.
In the formula [3g], Z 6 and Z 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and may be the same or different.
In the structure represented by the formula [3] which is the specific tetracarboxylic acid component, Z 1 represents the formula [3a], the formula [ 3c], Formula [3d], Formula [3e], Formula [3f], or Formula [3g] is preferable. More preferred is a structure represented by formula [3a], formula [3e], formula [3f] or formula [3g], and particularly preferred is formula [3e], formula [3f] or formula [3g]. It is.
また、式[3e]、式[3f]又は式[3g]の構造の特定テトラカルボン酸成分を用いる場合、その使用量は、テトラカルボン酸成分全体の20モル%以上とすることで、所望の効果が得られる。好ましくは、30モル%以上である。更に、テトラカルボン酸成分のすべてを式[3e]、式[3f]又は式[3g]の構造のテトラカルボン酸成分であってもよい。
ポリイミド系重合体には、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、特定テトラカルボン酸成分以外のその他のテトラカルボン酸成分を用いることができる。
その他のテトラカルボン酸成分としては、以下に示すテトラカルボン酸化合物、テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ジカルボン酸ジハライド化合物、ジカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル化合物又はジアルキルエステルジハライド化合物が挙げられる。 The specific tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably 1 mol% or more of the total tetracarboxylic acid component. More preferred is 5 mol% or more, and particularly preferred is 10 mol% or more.
Moreover, when using the specific tetracarboxylic acid component of the structure of Formula [3e], Formula [3f], or Formula [3g], the usage-amount is made into 20 mol% or more of the whole tetracarboxylic acid component, and it is desired. An effect is obtained. Preferably, it is 30 mol% or more. Further, all of the tetracarboxylic acid component may be a tetracarboxylic acid component having a structure of the formula [3e], the formula [3f], or the formula [3g].
As long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, other tetracarboxylic acid components other than the specific tetracarboxylic acid component can be used for the polyimide polymer.
Examples of other tetracarboxylic acid components include the following tetracarboxylic acid compounds, tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, dicarboxylic acid dihalide compounds, dicarboxylic acid dialkyl ester compounds, and dialkyl ester dihalide compounds.
ポリイミド系重合体を合成する方法は特に限定されない。通常、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを反応させて得られる。一般的には、テトラカルボン酸及びその誘導体からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種のテトラカルボン酸成分と、1種又は複数種のジアミン化合物からなるジアミン成分とを反応させて、ポリアミド酸を得る。具体的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物と1級又は2級のジアミン化合物とを重縮合させてポリアミド酸を得る方法、テトラカルボン酸と1級又は2級のジアミン化合物とを脱水重縮合反応させてポリアミド酸を得る方法又はジカルボン酸ジハライドと1級又は2級のジアミン化合物とを重縮合させてポリアミド酸を得る方法が用いられる。 The specific tetracarboxylic acid component and other tetracarboxylic acid components include solubility of the polyimide polymer in the solvent, vertical alignment of the liquid crystal when the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. Depending on the characteristics, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds can be used.
The method for synthesizing the polyimide polymer is not particularly limited. Usually, it is obtained by reacting a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component. Generally, at least one tetracarboxylic acid component selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic acids and derivatives thereof is reacted with a diamine component consisting of one or more diamine compounds to obtain a polyamic acid. Specifically, a method of obtaining polyamic acid by polycondensation of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and primary or secondary diamine compound, dehydration polycondensation reaction of tetracarboxylic acid and primary or secondary diamine compound A method of obtaining a polyamic acid by using a polycarboxylic acid dihalide and a primary or secondary diamine compound is used.
ポリイミドを得るには、前記のポリアミド酸又はポリアミド酸アルキルエステルを閉環させてポリイミドとする方法が用いられる。 To obtain the polyamic acid alkyl ester, a method of polycondensing a tetracarboxylic acid obtained by dialkyl esterifying a carboxylic acid group with a primary or secondary diamine compound, a dicarboxylic acid dihalide obtained by dialkyl esterifying a carboxylic acid group and a primary Alternatively, a method of polycondensation with a secondary diamine compound or a method of converting a carboxyl group of a polyamic acid into an ester is used.
In order to obtain polyimide, a method is used in which the polyamic acid or polyamic acid alkyl ester is cyclized to form polyimide.
例えばN-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン又はγ-ブチロラクトン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、1,3-ジメチル-イミダゾリジノン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン等が挙げられる。
これらは単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。更に、ポリイミド前駆体を溶解させない溶媒であっても、生成したポリイミド前駆体が析出しない範囲で、上記溶媒に混合して使用してもよい。また、溶媒中の水分は重合反応を阻害し、更には生成したポリイミド前駆体を加水分解させる原因となるので、溶媒は脱水乾燥させたものを用いることが好ましい。 The reaction between the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component is usually carried out in a solvent with the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid component. The solvent used at that time is not particularly limited as long as the produced polyimide precursor is dissolved. Although the specific example of the solvent used for reaction below is given, it is not limited to these examples.
For example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone or γ-butyrolactone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone, methyl ethyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone.
These may be used alone or in combination. Further, even a solvent that does not dissolve the polyimide precursor may be used by mixing with the above solvent as long as the generated polyimide precursor does not precipitate. Further, since water in the solvent inhibits the polymerization reaction and further causes hydrolysis of the produced polyimide precursor, it is preferable to use a dehydrated and dried solvent.
ポリイミドは前記のポリイミド前駆体を閉環させて得られるポリイミドであり、このポリイミドにおいては、アミド酸基の閉環率(イミド化率ともいう)は必ずしも100%である必要はなく、用途や目的に応じて任意に調整することができる。
ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化させる方法としては、ポリイミド前駆体の溶液をそのまま加熱する熱イミド化又はポリイミド前駆体の溶液に触媒を添加する触媒イミド化が挙げられる。
ポリイミド前駆体を溶液中で熱イミド化させる場合の温度は、100~400℃、好ましくは120~250℃であり、イミド化反応により生成する水を系外に除きながら行う方が好ましい。 In the polymerization reaction of the polyimide precursor, the ratio of the total number of moles of the diamine component to the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. Similar to a normal polycondensation reaction, the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor produced increases as the molar ratio approaches 1.0.
Polyimide is a polyimide obtained by ring closure of the polyimide precursor, and in this polyimide, the ring closure rate (also referred to as imidation rate) of the amic acid group does not necessarily need to be 100%, depending on the application and purpose. Can be adjusted arbitrarily.
Examples of the method for imidizing the polyimide precursor include thermal imidization in which the polyimide precursor solution is heated as it is or catalyst imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyimide precursor solution.
The temperature at which the polyimide precursor is thermally imidized in the solution is 100 to 400 ° C., preferably 120 to 250 ° C., and it is preferable to carry out while removing water generated by the imidation reaction from the system.
特定重合体にポリシロキサンを用いる場合、下記の式[A1]で示されるアルコキシシランを重縮合させて得られるポリシロキサン、式[A1]と下記の式[A2]又は式[A3]で示されるアルコキシシランのいずれか1種を含むアルコキシシランを重縮合させて得られるポリシロキサン、あるいは、式[A1]、式[A2]及び式[A3]で示されるアルコキシシランを重縮合させて得られるポリシロキサン(総称してポリシロキサン系重合体ともいう)のうちのいずれか1種であることが好ましい。 The molecular weight of the polyimide polymer is 5 in terms of weight average molecular weight measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method in consideration of the strength of the liquid crystal alignment film obtained therefrom, workability during film formation, and coating properties. It is preferably 000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 10,000 to 150,000.
When polysiloxane is used for the specific polymer, a polysiloxane obtained by polycondensation of an alkoxysilane represented by the following formula [A1], represented by the formula [A1] and the following formula [A2] or formula [A3] Polysiloxane obtained by polycondensation of alkoxysilane containing any one of alkoxysilanes or polycondensation obtained by polycondensation of alkoxysilanes represented by formula [A1], formula [A2] and formula [A3] It is preferably any one of siloxanes (also collectively referred to as polysiloxane polymers).
式[A2]で示されるアルコキシシランは、下記の式[A2]に示される。
The alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A2] is represented by the following formula [A2].
上記の式[A2]で示されるアルコキシシランは、ポリシロキサン系重合体の溶媒への溶解性、垂直液晶配向膜にした際の液晶の垂直配向性、更には、液晶表示素子の光学特性などの特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することができる。 Among them, allyltriethoxysilane, allyltrimethoxysilane, diethoxymethylvinylsilane, dimethoxymethylvinylsilane, triethoxyvinylsilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane, 3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl methacrylate, 3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl acrylate, 3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl methacrylate, 3-glycidyloxypropyl (dimethoxy) methylsilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyl (diethoxy) methylsilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane or 2 -(3,4-Epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane is preferred.
The alkoxysilane represented by the above formula [A2] is used for the solubility of the polysiloxane polymer in the solvent, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal when the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. Depending on the characteristics, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds can be used.
式[A3]で示されるアルコキシシランは、ポリシロキサン系重合体の溶媒への溶解性、垂直液晶配向膜にした際の液晶の垂直配向性、更には、液晶表示素子の光学特性などの特性に応じて、1種類又は2種類以上を混合して使用することができる。 In the formula [A3], examples of the alkoxysilane in which n is 0 include tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetrapropoxysilane, and tetrabutoxysilane, and these alkoxysilanes are preferably used.
The alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A3] has properties such as solubility of the polysiloxane polymer in the solvent, vertical alignment of the liquid crystal when the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. Depending on the situation, one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds can be used.
ポリシロキサン系重合体を作製する方法は特に限定されない。ポリシロキサン系重合体は、前記式[A1]で示されるアルコキシシランを溶媒中で重縮合させて得る方法、式[A1]と前記式[A2]で示されるアルコキシシランを溶媒中で重縮合させて得る方法、式[A1]と前記式[A3]で示されるアルコキシシランを溶媒中で重縮合させて得る方法、更に、式[A1]、式[A2]及び式[A3]で示されるアルコキシシランを溶媒中で重縮合させて得る方法が挙げられる。また、ポリシロキサン系重合体は、これらアルコキシシランを重縮合して、溶媒に均一に溶解した溶液として得られる。 When a plurality of types of alkoxysilanes are used when preparing the polysiloxane-based polymer, the alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A1] is preferably 1 to 40 mol%, more preferably all alkoxysilanes. Is 1-30 mol%. In addition, the alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A2] is preferably 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably 1 to 60 mol% in all alkoxysilanes. Further, the alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A3] is preferably 1 to 99 mol%, more preferably 1 to 80 mol% in all alkoxysilanes.
The method for producing the polysiloxane polymer is not particularly limited. The polysiloxane polymer is obtained by polycondensing an alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A1] in a solvent, by polycondensing an alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A1] and the formula [A2] in a solvent. A method obtained by polycondensing an alkoxysilane represented by the formula [A1] and the formula [A3] in a solvent, and an alkoxy represented by the formula [A1], the formula [A2] and the formula [A3]. Examples thereof include a method obtained by polycondensation of silane in a solvent. The polysiloxane polymer is obtained as a solution obtained by polycondensing these alkoxysilanes and uniformly dissolving in a solvent.
ポリシロキサン系重合体を作製する重縮合反応において、前記式[A1]、式[A2]及び式[A3]で示されるアルコキシシランを複種用いる場合は、複数種のアルコキシシランをあらかじめ混合した混合物を用いて反応しても、複数種のアルコキシシランを順次添加しながら反応してもよい。 Furthermore, another method for polycondensation includes a method in which a polycondensation reaction is carried out by heating a mixture of alkoxysilane, solvent and oxalic acid. Specifically, after adding oxalic acid to a solvent to prepare a solution of oxalic acid in advance, the alkoxysilane is mixed in a state where the solution is heated. At that time, the amount of oxalic acid used in the above reaction is preferably 0.2 to 2.0 mol with respect to 1 mol of all alkoxy groups in the alkoxysilane. This reaction can be carried out at a solution temperature of 50 to 180 ° C., but is preferably carried out under reflux for several tens of minutes to several tens of hours so that the solvent does not evaporate or volatilize.
In the polycondensation reaction for producing the polysiloxane polymer, when a plurality of alkoxysilanes represented by the formulas [A1], [A2] and [A3] are used, a mixture in which a plurality of types of alkoxysilanes are mixed in advance is used. Even if it reacts using, it may react, adding several types of alkoxysilane sequentially.
前記方法により得られたポリシロキサン系重合体の溶液は、原料として仕込んだ全アルコキシシランが有する珪素原子をSiO2に換算した濃度(SiO2換算濃度ともいう)が、20質量%以下であることが好ましい。なかでも、5~15質量%であることが好ましい。この濃度範囲において任意の濃度を選択することで、溶液中のゲルの発生を抑制することができ、均一なポリシロキサン系重合体の溶液を得ることができる。
前記方法で得られたポリシロキサン系重合体の溶液をそのまま、特定重合体として用いても良いし、必要に応じて、前記方法で得られたポリシロキサン系重合体の溶液を濃縮したり、溶媒を加えて希釈したり、他の溶媒に置換して、特定重合体として用いることもできる。 Moreover, in this invention, in the case of a polycondensation reaction, these solvents can also be used 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
In the polysiloxane polymer solution obtained by the above method, the concentration of silicon atoms contained in all alkoxysilanes charged as a raw material in terms of SiO 2 (also referred to as SiO 2 concentration) is 20% by mass or less. Is preferred. In particular, the content is preferably 5 to 15% by mass. By selecting an arbitrary concentration within this concentration range, the generation of gel in the solution can be suppressed, and a uniform polysiloxane polymer solution can be obtained.
The polysiloxane polymer solution obtained by the above method may be used as it is as a specific polymer, and if necessary, the polysiloxane polymer solution obtained by the above method may be concentrated or a solvent. It can also be used as a specific polymer by diluting by addition or substitution with another solvent.
更に、本発明において、特定重合体にポリシロキサン系重合体とそれ以外の重合体を用いる場合、ポリシロキサン系重合体にそれ以外の重合体を混合する前に、ポリシロキサン系重合体の重縮合反応の際に発生するアルコールを常圧又は減圧で留去しておくことが好ましい。 The solvent used for dilution by adding the solvent (also referred to as an added solvent) may be a solvent used for the polycondensation reaction or other solvents. The additive solvent is not particularly limited as long as the polysiloxane polymer is uniformly dissolved, and one or two or more types can be arbitrarily selected and used. Examples of such an additive solvent include ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl isobutyl ketone, ester solvents such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and ethyl lactate, in addition to the solvent used in the polycondensation reaction.
Furthermore, in the present invention, when a polysiloxane polymer and another polymer are used as the specific polymer, the polysiloxane polymer is polycondensed before mixing the other polymer with the polysiloxane polymer. The alcohol generated during the reaction is preferably distilled off at normal pressure or reduced pressure.
本発明の液晶配向処理剤は、垂直液晶配向膜を形成するための塗布溶液であり、前記式[1]で示される特定側鎖構造を有する特定重合体及び溶媒を含有する塗布溶液である。
上記特定側鎖構造を有する特定重合体としては、特に限定は無いが、アクリルポリマー、メタクリルポリマー、ノボラック樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン、ポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド、ポリアミド、ポリエステル、セルロース又はポリシロキサンから選ばれる少なくとも1つの重合体であることが好ましい。なかでも、ポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド又はポリシロキサンが好ましい。また、特定重合体には、これら重合体のなかの1種類又は2種類以上を用いることができる。 <Liquid crystal alignment agent>
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a coating solution for forming a vertical liquid crystal alignment film, and is a coating solution containing a specific polymer having a specific side chain structure represented by the formula [1] and a solvent.
The specific polymer having the specific side chain structure is not particularly limited, but at least selected from acrylic polymer, methacrylic polymer, novolac resin, polyhydroxystyrene, polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyamide, polyester, cellulose, or polysiloxane. One polymer is preferred. Among these, a polyimide precursor, polyimide or polysiloxane is preferable. In addition, one kind or two or more kinds of these polymers can be used as the specific polymer.
液晶配向処理剤に用いる溶媒は、特定重合体を溶解させる溶媒であれば特に限定されない。なかでも、特定重合体がポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド、ポリアミド又はポリエステルの場合、あるいは、アクリルポリマー、メタクリルポリマー、ノボラック樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン、セルロース、ポリシロキサンなどの溶媒への溶解性が低い場合は、下記に示すような溶媒(溶媒A類ともいう)を用いることが好ましい。 Content of the solvent in a liquid-crystal aligning agent can be suitably selected from a viewpoint of obtaining the coating method of a liquid-crystal aligning agent, and the target film thickness. Among these, from the viewpoint of forming a uniform vertical liquid crystal alignment film by coating, the content of the solvent in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 50 to 99.9% by mass. Among these, 60 to 99% by mass is preferable, and 65 to 99% by mass is particularly preferable.
The solvent used for the liquid crystal aligning agent is not particularly limited as long as the solvent dissolves the specific polymer. Among them, when the specific polymer is a polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyamide or polyester, or when the solubility in a solvent such as acrylic polymer, methacrylic polymer, novolac resin, polyhydroxystyrene, cellulose, polysiloxane is low, It is preferable to use a solvent (also referred to as solvent A) as shown below.
特定重合体が、アクリルポリマー、メタクリルポリマー、ノボラック樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン、セルロース又はポリシロキサンである場合は、下記に示すような溶媒(溶媒B類ともいう)を用いることができる。 For example, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, 1,3-dimethyl-imidazolidinone, methyl ethyl ketone , Cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone. Of these, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone or γ-butyrolactone is preferably used. These may be used alone or in combination.
When the specific polymer is an acrylic polymer, a methacrylic polymer, a novolac resin, polyhydroxystyrene, cellulose, or polysiloxane, a solvent (also referred to as a solvent B) shown below can be used.
これら溶媒B類は、液晶配向処理剤を塗布する際の垂直液晶配向膜の塗膜性や表面平滑性を高めることができるため、特定重合体にポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド、ポリアミド又はポリエステルを用いた場合、前記溶媒A類と混合して用いることが好ましい。その際、溶媒B類は、液晶配向処理剤に含まれる溶媒全体の1~70質量%であることが好ましい。なかでも、10~60質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは20~60質量%である。 Among them, 1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, 1,2-ethanediol, 1,2-propanediol, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether or a solvent represented by the formula [D1] to formula [D3] is used. Is preferred.
Since these solvents B can improve the coating properties and surface smoothness of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film when applying the liquid crystal aligning agent, a polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyamide or polyester was used as the specific polymer. In this case, it is preferable to use a mixture with the solvent A. In that case, the solvent B is preferably 1 to 70% by mass of the whole solvent contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. Among these, 10 to 60% by mass is preferable, and 20 to 60% by mass is more preferable.
式[6a-3]中、A2は水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を示す。なかでも、密着性化合物の製造の容易さの点から、水素原子又は炭素数1~2のアルキレン基が好ましい。より好ましくは、水素原子又はメチル基である。
式[6a-5]中、A3及びA5はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を示す。なかでも、密着性化合物の製造の容易さの点から、水素原子又は炭素数1~2のアルキレン基が好ましい。より好ましくは、水素原子又はメチル基である。
式[6a-5]中、A4は炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を示す。なかでも、密着性化合物の製造の容易さの点から、炭素数1~2のアルキレン基が好ましい。
式[6a-6]中、A6及びA9はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を示す。なかでも、密着性化合物の製造の容易さの点から、水素原子又は炭素数1~2のアルキレン基が好ましい。より好ましくは、水素原子又は炭素数1のアルキレン基(メチル基)である。
式[6a-6]中、A7及びA8はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を示す。なかでも、密着性化合物の製造の容易さの点から、炭素数1~2のアルキレン基が好ましい。 The liquid crystal aligning agent preferably contains a compound represented by the following formula [6] (hereinafter referred to as an adhesive compound) for the purpose of enhancing the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
In the formula [6a-3], A 2 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Among these, a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound. More preferably, they are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the formula [6a-5], A 3 and A 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Among these, a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound. More preferably, they are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the formula [6a-5], A 4 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Among these, an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound.
In the formula [6a-6], A 6 and A 9 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Among these, a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound. More preferably, they are a hydrogen atom or a C1-C1 alkylene group (methyl group).
In the formula [6a-6], A 7 and A 8 each independently represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Among these, an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound.
式[6]中、X3は炭素数1~20のアルキレン基、-(CH2-CH2-O)p-(pは1~10の整数を示す)、-(CH2-O-)q-(qは1~10の整数を示す)、及び炭素数6~20のベンゼン環又はシクロヘキサン環を有する有機基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を示す。その際、前記アルキレン基の任意の-CH2-基は、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、NHCO-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2-、-CF2-、-C(CF3)2-、-Si(CH3)2-、-OSi(CH3)2-又は-Si(CH3)2O-で置き換えられていても良く、任意の炭素原子に結合している水素原子は、水酸基(OH基)、カルボキシル基(COOH基)又はハロゲン原子で置き換えられていても良い。なかでも、密着性化合物の製造の容易さの点から、炭素数1~20のアルキレン基、-(CH2-CH2-O)p-(pは1~10の整数を示す)、-(CH2-O-)q-(qは1~10の整数を示す)又は下記の式[6c-1]~式[6c-5]で示される構造が好ましい。より好ましくは、炭素数1~15のアルキレン基、-(CH2-CH2-O)p-(pは1~10の整数を示す)、-(CH2-O-)q-(qは1~10の整数を示す)、下記の式[6c-1]、式[6c-3]、式[6c-4]又は式[6c-5]で示される構造である。特に好ましくは、炭素数1~15のアルキレン基、-(CH2-CH2-O)p-(pは1~10の整数を示す)、式[6c-1]、式[6c-4]又は式[6c-5]で示される構造である。
式[6]中、X5は下記の式[6b-1]~[6b-8]で示される構造からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構造を示す。なかでも、密着性化合物の合成の容易さの点から、式[6b-1]、式[6b-2]又は式[6b-6]で示される構造が好ましい。より好ましくは、式[6b-1]又は式[6b-2]で示される構造である。
式[6b-8]中、B2はベンゼン環、シクロへキサン環及び複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の環状基を示す。
式[6b-8]中、B3は炭素数1~12のアルキレン基、炭素数1~12のフッ素含有アルキレン基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシル基及び炭素数1~12のフッ素含有アルコキシル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を示す。
式[6]中、nは1~3の整数を示す。なかでも、密着性化合物の合成の容易さの点から、1又は2が好ましい。より好ましいのは、1である。
式[6]中、mは1~3の整数を示す。なかでも、密着性化合物の合成の容易さの点から、1又は2が好ましい。 In the formula [6], X 2 represents a single bond, —CH 2 —, —O—, —NH—, —N (CH 3 ) —, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 It represents at least one linking group selected from the group consisting of —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) — and —N (CH 3 ) CO—. Among these, from the viewpoint of easy synthesis of the adhesive compound, a single bond, —CH 2 —, —O—, —NH—, —CONH—, —NHCO—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO—, —OCO—, —CON (CH 3 ) — or —N (CH 3 ) CO— is preferred. More preferably, they are a single bond, —CH 2 —, —O—, —NH—, —CONH—, —CH 2 O—, —OCH 2 —, —COO— or —OCO—. Particularly preferred is a single bond, —O—, —CONH—, —OCH 2 —, —COO— or —OCO—.
In the formula [6], X 3 is an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), — (CH 2 —O—) q 1 (q represents an integer of 1 to 10) and at least one selected from the group consisting of organic groups having a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. In this case, any —CH 2 — group of the alkylene group is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, NHCO—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CF 2 —, — C (CF 3) 2 -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -, - OSi (CH 3) 2 - or -Si (CH 3) may be replaced by 2 O-, bonded to any carbon atom The hydrogen atom may be replaced by a hydroxyl group (OH group), a carboxyl group (COOH group) or a halogen atom. Among these, from the viewpoint of easy production of the adhesive compound, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), — ( CH 2 —O—) q — (q represents an integer of 1 to 10) or structures represented by the following formulas [6c-1] to [6c-5] are preferable. More preferably, an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), — (CH 2 —O—) q — (q is And represents a structure represented by the following formula [6c-1], formula [6c-3], formula [6c-4] or formula [6c-5]. Particularly preferably, an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), Formula [6c-1], Formula [6c-4] Or it is a structure shown by Formula [6c-5].
In the formula [6], X 5 represents at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the structures represented by the following formulas [6b-1] to [6b-8]. Among these, the structure represented by the formula [6b-1], the formula [6b-2] or the formula [6b-6] is preferable from the viewpoint of the ease of synthesis of the adhesive compound. A structure represented by the formula [6b-1] or the formula [6b-2] is more preferable.
In the formula [6b-8], B 2 represents at least one cyclic group selected from the group consisting of a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring and a heterocyclic ring.
In the formula [6b-8], B 3 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a fluorine-containing alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a fluorine-containing alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. At least one selected from the group consisting of
In the formula [6], n represents an integer of 1 to 3. Especially, 1 or 2 is preferable from the point of the ease of the synthesis | combination of an adhesive compound. More preferred is 1.
In the formula [6], m represents an integer of 1 to 3. Especially, 1 or 2 is preferable from the point of the ease of the synthesis | combination of an adhesive compound.
式[6-1a]中のXb、式[6-2a]中のXe及び式[6-3a]中のXhはそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~15のアルキレン基、-(CH2-CH2-O)p-(pは1~10の整数を示す)、式[6c-1]、式[6c-4]及び式[6c-5]で示される構造からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を示す。その際、前記アルキレン基の任意の-CH2-基は、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、NHCO-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2-、-CF2-、-C(CF3)2-、-Si(CH3)2-、-OSi(CH3)2-又は-Si(CH3)2O-で置き換えられていても良く、任意の炭素原子に結合している水素原子は、水酸基(OH基)、カルボキシル基(COOH基)又はハロゲン原子で置き換えられていても良い。
式[6-1a]中のXc、式[6-2a]中のXf及び式[6-3a]中のXiはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、-CH2-及び-OCH2-からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の結合基を示す。
式[6-1a]中のn1、式[6-2a]中のn2及び式[6-3a]中のn3はそれぞれ独立して、1又は2の整数を示す。なかでも、1が好ましい。
式[6-1a]中のm1、式[6-2a]中のm2及び式[6-3a]中のm3はそれぞれ独立して、1又は2の整数を示す。なかでも、1が好ましい。
式[6-1b]中のXb、式[6-2b]中のXe及び式[6-3b]中のXhはそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~15のアルキレン基、-(CH2-CH2-O)p-(pは1~10の整数を示す)、式[6c-1]、式[6c-4]及び式[6c-5]で示される構造からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を示す。その際、前記アルキレン基の任意の-CH2-基は、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、NHCO-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2-、-CF2-、-C(CF3)2-、-Si(CH3)2-、-OSi(CH3)2-又は-Si(CH3)2O-で置き換えられていても良く、任意の炭素原子に結合している水素原子は、水酸基(OH基)、カルボキシル基(COOH基)又はハロゲン原子で置き換えられていても良い。
式[6-1b]中のXc、式[6-2b]中のXf及び式[6-3b]中のXiはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、-CH2-及び-OCH2-から選ばれる少なくとも1種の結合基を示す。
式[6-1b]中のA1、式[6-2b]中のA2及び式[6-3b]中のA3はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~2のアルキレン基を示す。なかでも、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
式[6-1b]中のn1、式[6-2b]中のn2及び式[6-3b]中のn3はそれぞれ独立して、1又は2の整数を示す。なかでも、1が好ましい。
式[6-1b]中のm1、式[6-2b]中のm2及び式[6-3b]中のm3はそれぞれ独立して、1又は2の整数を示す。なかでも、1が好ましい。
式[6-1c]中のXb、式[6-2c]中のXe及び式[6-3c]中のXhはそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~15のアルキレン基、-(CH2-CH2-O)p-(pは1~10の整数を示す)、式[6c-1]、式[6c-4]及び式[6c-5]で示される構造からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を示す。その際、前記アルキレン基の任意の-CH2-基は、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、NHCO-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2-、-CF2-、-C(CF3)2-、-Si(CH3)2-、-OSi(CH3)2-又は-Si(CH3)2O-で置き換えられていても良く、任意の炭素原子に結合している水素原子は、水酸基(OH基)、カルボキシル基(COOH基)又はハロゲン原子で置き換えられていても良い。
式[6-1c]中のXc、式[6-2c]中のXf及び式[6-3c]中のXiはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、-CH2-及び-OCH2-からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の結合基を示す。
式[6-1c]中のA1、式[6-2c]中のA4及び式[6-3c]中のA7はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~2のアルキレン基を示す。なかでも、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
式[6-1c]中のA2、式[6-2c]中のA5及び式[6-3c]中のA8はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~2のアルキレン基を示す。
式[6-1c]中のA3、式[6-2c]中のA6及び式[6-3c]中のA9はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~2のアルキレン基を示す。なかでも、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
式[6-1c]中のn1、式[6-2c]中のn2及び式[6-3c]中のn3はそれぞれ独立して、1又は2の整数を示す。なかでも、1が好ましい。
式[6-1c]中のm1、式[6-2c]中のm2及び式[6-3c]中のm3はそれぞれ独立して、1又は2の整数を示す。なかでも、1が好ましい。
式[6-1d]中のXb、式[6-2d]中のXe及び式[6-3d]中のXhはそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~15のアルキレン基、-(CH2-CH2-O)p-(pは1~10の整数を示す)、式[6c-1]、式[6c-4]及び式[6c-5]で示される構造からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を示す。その際、前記アルキレン基の任意の-CH2-基は、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、NHCO-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2-、-CF2-、-C(CF3)2-、-Si(CH3)2-、-OSi(CH3)2-又は-Si(CH3)2O-で置き換えられていても良く、任意の炭素原子に結合している水素原子は、水酸基(OH基)、カルボキシル基(COOH基)又はハロゲン原子で置き換えられていても良い。
式[6-1d]中のXc、式[6-2d]中のXf及び式[6-3d]中のXiはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、-CH2-及び-OCH2-から選ばれる少なくとも1種の結合基を示す。
式[6-1d]中のA1、式[6-2d]中のA5及び式[6-3d]中のA8はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~2のアルキレン基を示す。なかでも、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
式[6-1d]中のA2、式[6-2d]中のA6及び式[6-3d]中のA9はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~2のアルキレン基を示す。
式[6-1d]中のA3、式[6-2d]中のA7及び式[6-3d]中のA10はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数1~2のアルキレン基を示す。
式[6-1d]中のA4、式[6-2d]中のA8及び式[6-3d]中のA11はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~2のアルキレン基を示す。なかでも、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
式[6-1d]中のn1、式[6-2d]中のn2及び式[6-3d]中のn3はそれぞれ独立して、1又は2の整数を示す。なかでも、1が好ましい。
式[6-1d]中のm1、式[6-2d]中のm2及び式[6-3d]中のm3はそれぞれ独立して、1又は2の整数を示す。なかでも、1が好ましい。 More specific structures of the adhesive compound include the following formulas [6-1a] to [6-3a], formulas [6-1b] to [6-3b], and formulas [6-1c] to [6- 3c] and compounds represented by the formulas [6-1d] to [6-3d].
X b in formula [6-1a], X e in formula [6-2a] and X h in formula [6-3a] are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), selected from the group consisting of structures represented by formula [6c-1], formula [6c-4] and formula [6c-5] At least one selected. In this case, any —CH 2 — group of the alkylene group is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, NHCO—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CF 2 —, — C (CF 3) 2 -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -, - OSi (CH 3) 2 - or -Si (CH 3) may be replaced by 2 O-, bonded to any carbon atom The hydrogen atom may be replaced by a hydroxyl group (OH group), a carboxyl group (COOH group) or a halogen atom.
X c in formula [6-1a], X f in formula [6-2a] and X i in formula [6-3a] are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 — and —OCH 2 —. At least one linking group selected from the group consisting of:
N1 in Formula [6-1a], n2 in Formula [6-2a], and n3 in Formula [6-3a] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
M1 in Formula [6-1a], m2 in Formula [6-2a], and m3 in Formula [6-3a] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
X b in formula [6-1b], X e in formula [6-2b], and X h in formula [6-3b] are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), selected from the group consisting of structures represented by formula [6c-1], formula [6c-4] and formula [6c-5] At least one selected. In this case, any —CH 2 — group of the alkylene group is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, NHCO—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CF 2 —, — C (CF 3) 2 -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -, - OSi (CH 3) 2 - or -Si (CH 3) may be replaced by 2 O-, bonded to any carbon atom The hydrogen atom may be replaced by a hydroxyl group (OH group), a carboxyl group (COOH group) or a halogen atom.
X c in formula [6-1b], X f in formula [6-2b], and X i in formula [6-3b] are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 — and —OCH 2 —. And at least one linking group selected from
A 1 in Formula [6-1b], A 2 in Formula [6-2b], and A 3 in Formula [6-3b] each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Show. Of these, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
N1 in Formula [6-1b], n2 in Formula [6-2b], and n3 in Formula [6-3b] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
M1 in Formula [6-1b], m2 in Formula [6-2b], and m3 in Formula [6-3b] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
X b in formula [6-1c], X e in formula [6-2c], and X h in formula [6-3c] are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), selected from the group consisting of structures represented by formula [6c-1], formula [6c-4] and formula [6c-5] At least one selected. In this case, any —CH 2 — group of the alkylene group is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, NHCO—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CF 2 —, — C (CF 3) 2 -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -, - OSi (CH 3) 2 - or -Si (CH 3) may be replaced by 2 O-, bonded to any carbon atom The hydrogen atom may be replaced by a hydroxyl group (OH group), a carboxyl group (COOH group) or a halogen atom.
X c in formula [6-1c], X f in formula [6-2c], and X i in formula [6-3c] are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 — and —OCH 2 —. At least one linking group selected from the group consisting of:
A 1 in Formula [6-1c], A 4 in Formula [6-2c], and A 7 in Formula [6-3c] each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Show. Of these, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
A 2 in formula [6-1c], A 5 in formula [6-2c], and A 8 in formula [6-3c] each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
A 3 in Formula [6-1c], A 6 in Formula [6-2c], and A 9 in Formula [6-3c] each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Show. Of these, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
N1 in Formula [6-1c], n2 in Formula [6-2c], and n3 in Formula [6-3c] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
M1 in Formula [6-1c], m2 in Formula [6-2c], and m3 in Formula [6-3c] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
X b in formula [6-1d], X e in formula [6-2d], and X h in formula [6-3d] are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 —CH 2 —O) p — (p represents an integer of 1 to 10), selected from the group consisting of structures represented by formula [6c-1], formula [6c-4] and formula [6c-5] At least one selected. In this case, any —CH 2 — group of the alkylene group is —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, NHCO—, —CO—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CF 2 —, — C (CF 3) 2 -, - Si (CH 3) 2 -, - OSi (CH 3) 2 - or -Si (CH 3) may be replaced by 2 O-, bonded to any carbon atom The hydrogen atom may be replaced by a hydroxyl group (OH group), a carboxyl group (COOH group) or a halogen atom.
X c in formula [6-1d], X f in formula [6-2d], and X i in formula [6-3d] are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 — and —OCH 2 —. And at least one linking group selected from
A 1 in Formula [6-1d], A 5 in Formula [6-2d], and A 8 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Show. Of these, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
A 2 in Formula [6-1d], A 6 in Formula [6-2d], and A 9 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
A 3 in Formula [6-1d], A 7 in Formula [6-2d], and A 10 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
A 4 in Formula [6-1d], A 8 in Formula [6-2d], and A 11 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Show. Of these, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
N1 in Formula [6-1d], n2 in Formula [6-2d], and n3 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
M1 in Formula [6-1d], m2 in Formula [6-2d], and m3 in Formula [6-3d] each independently represent an integer of 1 or 2. Of these, 1 is preferable.
さらに、例えば、密着性化合物の具体例としては、下記に示す化合物が挙げられる。
トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、トリ(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエトキシトリメチロールプロパン、グリセリンポリグリシジルエーテルポリ(メタ)アクリレート等の重合性不飽和基を分子内に3個有する化合物;エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイドビスフェノールA型ジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイドビスフェノール型ジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-へキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、フタル酸ジグリシジルエステルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシピバリン酸ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートなどの重合性不飽和基を分子内に2個有する化合物;2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-フェノキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロピルフタレート、3-クロロ-2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンモノ(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルリン酸エステル、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド等の重合性不飽和基を分子内に1個有する化合物が挙げられる。
上記密着性化合物は、化合物の一例であり、これらに限定されるものではない。密着性化合物は、1種類であってもよく、2種類以上組み合わせてもよい。
液晶配向処理剤における、密着性化合物の含有量は、すべての重合体成分100質量部に対して、0.1~150質量部であることが好ましい。架橋反応が進行し目的の効果を発現させるためには、すべての重合体成分100質量部に対して0.1~100質量部がより好ましく、特に、1~50質量部が最も好ましい。 As the adhesive compound, it is preferable to use at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas [6-1] and [6-5].
Further, for example, specific examples of the adhesive compound include the following compounds.
Polymerizability of trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tri (meth) acryloyloxyethoxytrimethylolpropane, glycerin polyglycidyl ether poly (meth) acrylate, etc. Compounds having 3 unsaturated groups in the molecule; ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol di (meth) Acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate Ethylene oxide bisphenol A type di (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide bisphenol type di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, glycerin di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene Polymerizable unsaturated groups such as glycol diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, diglycidyl phthalate di (meth) acrylate, and hydroxypivalate neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate Compounds having two in the molecule; 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, -Phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl phthalate, 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, glycerin mono (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) And compounds having one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule, such as acryloyloxyethyl phosphate ester and N-methylol (meth) acrylamide.
The said adhesive compound is an example of a compound, It is not limited to these. One type of adhesive compound may be used, or two or more types may be combined.
The content of the adhesive compound in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 0.1 to 150 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all polymer components. In order for the crosslinking reaction to proceed and to achieve the desired effect, the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by weight, and most preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of all polymer components.
より具体的には、国際公開公報WO2011/132751.(2011.10.27公開)の62頁~66頁に掲載される、式[6-1]~式[6-48]で示される架橋性化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the benzene or phenolic compound having a hydroxyl group or an alkoxyl group include 1,3,5-tris (methoxymethyl) benzene, 1,2,4-tris (isopropoxymethyl) benzene, 1,4-bis ( sec-butoxymethyl) benzene or 2,6-dihydroxymethyl-p-tert-butylphenol.
More specifically, International Publication WO2011 / 132751. (2011.10.27), pages 62 to 66, and crosslinkable compounds represented by the formulas [6-1] to [6-48].
液晶表示素子には、液晶配向膜中の電荷移動を促進し、素子の電荷抜けを促進させる化合物として、国際公開公報WO2011/132751(2011.10.27公開)の69頁~73頁に掲載される、式[M1]~[M156]で示される窒素含有複素環アミン化合物を添加することもできる。このアミン化合物は、液晶配向処理剤に直接添加しても構わないが、適当な溶媒で濃度0.1~10質量%、好ましくは1~7質量%の溶液にしてから添加することが好ましい。この溶媒としては、上述した特定重合体を溶解させる有機溶媒であれば特に限定されない。 The content of the crosslinkable compound in the liquid crystal aligning agent is preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the polymer components. In order for the crosslinking reaction to proceed and to achieve the desired effect, the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by weight, and most preferably 1 to 30 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of all polymer components.
In liquid crystal display elements, as a compound that promotes charge transfer in the liquid crystal alignment film and promotes charge release of the element, it is published on pages 69 to 73 of International Publication No. WO2011 / 132751 (published 2011.10.20). Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic amine compounds represented by the formulas [M1] to [M156] can also be added. This amine compound may be added directly to the liquid crystal aligning agent, but it is preferably added after a solution having a concentration of 0.1 to 10% by mass, preferably 1 to 7% by mass with an appropriate solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that dissolves the specific polymer described above.
垂直液晶配向膜の膜厚の均一性や表面平滑性を向上させる化合物としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤、ノ二オン系界面活性剤などが挙げられる。
具体的には、例えば、エフトップEF301、EF303、EF352(以上、トーケムプロダクツ社製)、メガファックF171、F173、R-30(以上、大日本インキ社製)、フロラードFC430、FC431(以上、住友スリーエム社製)、アサヒガードAG710、サーフロンS-382、SC101、SC102、SC103、SC104、SC105、SC106(以上、旭硝子社製)などが挙げられる。これらの界面活性剤の使用割合は、液晶配向処理剤に含有されるすべての重合体成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01~2質量部、より好ましくは0.01~1質量部である。 As the liquid crystal aligning agent, a compound that improves the uniformity of the thickness of the vertical liquid crystal aligning film and the surface smoothness when the liquid crystal aligning agent is applied can be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Further, a compound that improves the adhesion between the vertical liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate can be used.
Examples of the compound that improves the film thickness uniformity and surface smoothness of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film include a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicone-based surfactant, and a nonionic surfactant.
Specifically, for example, F-top EF301, EF303, EF352 (above, manufactured by Tochem Products), MegaFuck F171, F173, R-30 (above, manufactured by Dainippon Ink, Inc.), Florard FC430, FC431 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Asahi Guard AG710, Surflon S-382, SC101, SC102, SC103, SC104, SC105, SC106 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass). The use ratio of these surfactants is preferably 0.01 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the polymer components contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. It is.
例えば、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-エトキシカルボニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-トリエトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、N-トリメトキシシリルプロピルトリエチレントリアミン、10-トリメトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、10-トリエトキシシリル-1,4,7-トリアザデカン、9-トリメトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、9-トリエトキシシリル-3,6-ジアザノニルアセテート、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ベンジル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-ビス(オキシエチレン)-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、2,2-ジブロモネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,3,5,6-テトラグリシジル-2,4-ヘキサンジオール、N,N,N’,N’,-テトラグリシジル-m-キシレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン又はN,N,N’,N’,-テトラグリシジル-4、4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタンなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound that improves the adhesion between the vertical liquid crystal alignment film and the substrate include the following functional silane-containing compounds and epoxy group-containing compounds.
For example, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-ethoxy Carbonyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-triethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, N-trimethoxysilylpropyltriethylenetriamine, 10-trimethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 10-tri Toxisilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, 9-triethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxy Silane, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-aminopropyl Trimethoxysilane, N-bis (oxyethylene) -3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, poly Lopylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl -2,4-hexanediol, N, N, N ′, N ′,-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane or N, N, N ′ , N ′,-tetraglycidyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane and the like.
液晶配向処理剤には、上記以外の化合物の他に、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲であれば、垂直液晶配向膜の誘電率や導電性などの電気特性を変化させる目的の誘電体や導電物質を添加してもよい。 When using a compound to be adhered to these substrates, it is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all polymer components contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent. 20 parts by mass. If it is less than 0.1 part by mass, the effect of improving the adhesion cannot be expected, and if it exceeds 30 parts by mass, the storage stability of the liquid crystal aligning agent may be deteriorated.
In addition to the compounds other than the above, the liquid crystal aligning agent includes a dielectric material for changing the electrical properties such as dielectric constant and conductivity of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. A conductive substance may be added.
液晶表示素子に用いる基板としては、透明性の高い基板であれば特に限定されず、ガラス基板の他、アクリル基板、ポリカーボネート基板又はPET(ポリエチレンテレフタレート)基板などのプラスチック基板などを用いることができる。本発明の液晶表示素子をリバース型素子として、調光窓などに用いる場合には、プラスチック基板であることが好ましい。また、プロセスの簡素化の観点からは、液晶駆動のためのITO(Indium Tin Oxide)電極などが形成された基板を用いることが好ましい。また、反射型のリバース型素子とする場合には、片側の基板のみにならば、シリコンウエハやアルミニウムなどの金属や誘電体多層膜が形成された基板を使用することができる。 <Production Method of Vertical Liquid Crystal Alignment Film / Liquid Crystal Display Element>
The substrate used for the liquid crystal display element is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate. In addition to a glass substrate, a plastic substrate such as an acrylic substrate, a polycarbonate substrate, or a PET (polyethylene terephthalate) substrate can be used. When the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is used as a reverse element for a light control window or the like, a plastic substrate is preferable. From the viewpoint of simplification of the process, it is preferable to use a substrate on which an ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) electrode for driving a liquid crystal is formed. In the case of a reflective reverse element, a substrate on which a metal or dielectric multilayer film such as a silicon wafer or aluminum is formed can be used as long as the substrate is only on one side.
液晶配向処理剤の塗布方法は、特に限定されないが、工業的には、スクリーン印刷、オフセット印刷、フレキソ印刷、インクジェット法、ディップ法、ロールコータ法、スリットコータ法、スピンナー法又はスプレー法などがあり、基板の種類や目的とする垂直液晶配向膜の膜厚に応じて、適宜選択することができる。 In the liquid crystal display element, at least one of the substrates has a vertical liquid crystal alignment film that aligns liquid crystal molecules vertically. This vertical liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained by applying a liquid crystal alignment treatment agent on a substrate and baking it, followed by alignment treatment by rubbing treatment or light irradiation. Further, in the case of a vertical liquid crystal alignment film, it can be used as a vertical liquid crystal alignment film without alignment treatment.
The application method of the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent is not particularly limited, but industrially includes screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, ink jet method, dipping method, roll coater method, slit coater method, spinner method, spray method, etc. Depending on the kind of the substrate and the desired thickness of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film, it can be appropriately selected.
液晶表示素子に用いる液晶組成物は、少なくとも液晶と重合性化合物を有する液晶組成物である。液晶と重合性化合物以外のものとしては、前記開始剤や液晶表示素子の電極間隙(ギャップともいう)を制御するためのスペーサが挙げられる。 After the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent is applied on the substrate, it is preferably 30 to 300 ° C., depending on the solvent used for the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, by a heating means such as a hot plate, a thermal circulation oven or an IR (infrared) oven. Can evaporate the solvent at a temperature of 30 to 250 ° C. to form a vertical liquid crystal alignment film. The thickness of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film after firing is disadvantageous in terms of power consumption of the liquid crystal display element if it is too thick, and if it is too thin, the reliability of the element may be lowered. Therefore, it is preferably 5 to 300 nm, more preferably 10 to 200 nm.
The liquid crystal composition used for the liquid crystal display element is a liquid crystal composition having at least a liquid crystal and a polymerizable compound. Examples of those other than the liquid crystal and the polymerizable compound include the initiator and a spacer for controlling an electrode gap (also referred to as a gap) of the liquid crystal display element.
更に、基板にプラスチック基板を用いる場合には、垂直液晶配向膜が形成された一対の基板を用意し、片側の基板の上にODF(One Drop Filling)法やインクジェット法などで、液晶組成物を滴下し、その後、もう片側の基板を貼り合わせて、液晶組成物注入セルを得る方法が挙げられる。
本発明の液晶表示素子では、液晶層と垂直液晶配向膜との密着性が高いため、基板の4片にシール剤を塗布しなくても良い。 Although the injection method of a liquid crystal composition is not specifically limited, For example, the following method is mentioned. That is, when a glass substrate is used as a substrate, a pair of substrates on which a vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, and a sealant is applied to four pieces of one side of the substrate except for a part, and then the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed. An empty cell is manufactured by attaching the substrate on the other side so that the surface is on the inside. And the method of obtaining the liquid crystal composition injection cell by injecting the liquid crystal composition under reduced pressure from a place where the sealant is not applied can be mentioned.
Further, when a plastic substrate is used as a substrate, a pair of substrates on which a vertical liquid crystal alignment film is formed is prepared, and a liquid crystal composition is applied on one substrate by an ODF (One Drop Filling) method or an inkjet method. There is a method in which a liquid crystal composition injection cell is obtained by dropping and then bonding the other substrate together.
In the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, since the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is high, it is not necessary to apply the sealing agent to the four pieces of the substrate.
本発明における液晶表示素子は、自動車、鉄道および航空機などの輸送機器および輸送機械に用いる液晶表示素子、具体的には、光の透過と遮断を制御する調光窓やルームミラーに用いる光シャッター素子などに好適に用いることができる。
特に、前記の通り、電圧無印加時の透明性と電圧印加時の散乱特性が良好であることから、本素子を乗り物のガラス窓に使用した場合は、従来のリバース型素子を使用した場合に比べて、夜間時における光の取り入れ効率が高く、さらに、外光からの眩しさを防ぐ効果も高くなる。そのため、乗り物を運転する際の安全性や乗車時の快適性を、より改善することが可能となる。また、液晶表示素子をフィルム基板で作製し、それを乗り物のガラス窓に貼って使用する場合、従来のリバース型素子に比べて、本素子の信頼性が高くなる。すなわち、液晶層と垂直配向膜との密着性が低いことが要因の不良や劣化が起こりにくくなる。
加えて、液晶表示素子は、LCD(Liquid Crystal Display)やOLED(Organic Light-emitting Diode)ディスプレイなどのディスプレイ装置の導光板やこれらディスプレイを用いた透明ディスプレイの裏板に用いることもできる。具体的には、透明ディスプレイの裏板に用いる場合は、透明ディスプレイと液晶表示素子とを合わせ、透明ディスプレイ上で画面表示を行う際に、その背面からの光の入り込みを液晶表示素子で抑制するために用いることができる。これにより、液晶表示素子は、透明ディスプレイ上で画面表示を行う際に電圧印加された散乱状態となり、画面表示を鮮明にすることができ、画面表示が終わった後には、電圧が無印加の透明状態となる。 The liquid crystal display element is obtained by curing the liquid crystal composition in a state where a part or the whole of the liquid crystal composition exhibits liquid crystallinity to form a cured product composite of the liquid crystal and the polymerizable compound. The liquid crystal composition is cured by at least one of irradiation with active energy rays and heating the liquid crystal composition injection cell obtained above. Here, ultraviolet rays are suitable as the active energy ray. The ultraviolet light has a wavelength of 250 nm to 400 nm, preferably 310 nm to 370 nm. In the case of heat treatment, the temperature is 40 to 120 ° C., preferably 60 to 80 ° C. Further, both the ultraviolet treatment and the heat treatment may be performed simultaneously, or the heat treatment may be performed after the ultraviolet treatment. Only the ultraviolet treatment is preferable for curing the liquid crystal composition.
The liquid crystal display element in the present invention is a liquid crystal display element used in transportation equipment and transportation machinery such as automobiles, railways and aircrafts, specifically, an optical shutter element used in a light control window and a room mirror for controlling transmission and blocking of light. It can use suitably for.
In particular, as described above, transparency when no voltage is applied and scattering characteristics when voltage is applied are good, so when this element is used for a glass window of a vehicle, when a conventional reverse type element is used. In comparison, the efficiency of taking in light at night is high, and the effect of preventing glare from outside light is also high. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the safety when driving a vehicle and the comfort when riding. Further, when the liquid crystal display element is manufactured using a film substrate and is used by being attached to a glass window of a vehicle, the reliability of the element is higher than that of a conventional reverse type element. That is, poor adhesion and deterioration are less likely to occur due to the low adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical alignment film.
In addition, the liquid crystal display element can be used for a light guide plate of a display device such as an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) or an OLED (Organic Light-Emitting Diode) display, or a back plate of a transparent display using these displays. Specifically, when used for the back plate of a transparent display, the transparent display and the liquid crystal display element are combined, and when the screen is displayed on the transparent display, the liquid crystal display element suppresses light from entering from the back side. Can be used for As a result, the liquid crystal display element is in a scattering state in which voltage is applied when performing screen display on a transparent display, and the screen display can be clarified. After the screen display is finished, no voltage is applied to the transparent display element. It becomes a state.
「合成例、実施例及び比較例で用いる略語」
L1(液晶):MLC-6608(メルク社製)
R1(重合性化合物):下記の式[R1]で示される化合物
P1(光開始剤):下記の式[P1]で示される化合物
"Abbreviations used in synthesis examples, examples and comparative examples"
L1 (liquid crystal): MLC-6608 (Merck)
R1 (polymerizable compound): Compound represented by the following formula [R1] P1 (photoinitiator): Compound represented by the following formula [P1]
A2:1,3-ジアミノ-4-〔4-(トランス-4-n-ヘプチルシクロへキシル)フェノキシメチル〕ベンゼン
A3:1,3-ジアミノ-4-{4-〔トランス-4-(トランス-4-n-ペンチルシクロへキシル)シクロへキシル〕フェノキシ}ベンゼン
A4:下記の式[A4]で示されるジアミン A1: 1,3-diamino-4- [4- (trans-4-n-heptylcyclohexyl) phenoxy] benzene A2: 1,3-diamino-4- [4- (trans-4-n-heptylcyclo) Hexyl) phenoxymethyl] benzene A3: 1,3-diamino-4- {4- [trans-4- (trans-4-n-pentylcyclohexyl) cyclohexyl] phenoxy} benzene A4: A4] Diamine
B2:m-フェニレンジアミン
B3:3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸
B4:下記の式[B4]で示されるジアミン
B5:1,3-ジアミノ-4-オクタデシルオキシベンゼン(従来型のジアミン)
C2:ビシクロ[3,3,0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸二無水物
C3:下記の式[C3]で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物
C4:下記の式[C4]で示されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物
D2:3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(式[A2]のアルコキシシランモノマー)
D3:3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン(式[A2]のアルコキシシランモノマー)
D4:テトラエトキシシラン(式[A3]のアルコキシシランモノマー)
D5:オクタデシルトリエトキシシラン(従来型のアルコキシシランモノマー)
D2: 3-Methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (alkoxysilane monomer of the formula [A2])
D3: 3-Ureidopropyltriethoxysilane (alkoxysilane monomer of formula [A2])
D4: Tetraethoxysilane (alkoxysilane monomer of formula [A3])
D5: Octadecyltriethoxysilane (conventional alkoxysilane monomer)
M2:下記の式[M2]で示される密着性化合物
M3:下記の式[M3]で示される密着性化合物
NEP:N-エチル-2-ピロリドン
γ-BL:γ-ブチロラクトン
BCS:エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル
ECS:エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル
PB:プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル K1: Crosslinkable compound represented by the following formula [K1]
常温ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)装置(GPC-101)(昭和電工社製)、カラム(KD-803,KD-805、Shodex社製)を用いて、以下のようにして測定した。
カラム温度:50℃
溶離液:N,N’-ジメチルホルムアミド(添加剤として、臭化リチウム-水和物(LiBr・H2O)が30mmol/L(リットル)、リン酸・無水結晶(o-リン酸)が30mmol/L、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)が10ml/L)
流速:1.0ml/分
検量線作成用標準サンプル:TSK 標準ポリエチレンオキサイド(分子量;約900,000、150,000、100,000及び30,000)(東ソー社製)及びポリエチレングリコール(分子量;約12,000、4,000及び1,000)(ポリマーラボラトリー社製)。 "Molecular weight measurement of polyimide precursor and polyimide polymer"
Using a normal temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC) apparatus (GPC-101) (manufactured by Showa Denko) and a column (KD-803, KD-805, manufactured by Shodex), the measurement was performed as follows.
Column temperature: 50 ° C
Eluent: N, N′-dimethylformamide (as additive, lithium bromide-hydrate (LiBr · H 2 O) 30 mmol / L (liter), phosphoric acid / anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid) 30 mmol) / L, 10 ml / L of tetrahydrofuran (THF))
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min Standard sample for preparing a calibration curve: TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight; about 900,000, 150,000, 100,000 and 30,000) (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and polyethylene glycol (molecular weight; about 12,000, 4,000 and 1,000) (manufactured by Polymer Laboratory).
ポリイミド粉末20mgをNMR(核磁気共鳴)サンプル管(NMRサンプリングチューブスタンダード,φ5(草野科学社製))に入れ、重水素化ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO-d6,0.05質量%TMS(テトラメチルシラン)混合品)(0.53ml)を添加し、超音波をかけて完全に溶解させた。この溶液をNMR測定機(JNW-ECA500)(日本電子データム社製)にて500MHzのプロトンNMRを測定した。イミド化率は、イミド化前後で変化しない構造に由来するプロトンを基準プロトンとして決め、このプロトンのピーク積算値と、9.5ppm~10.0ppm付近に現れるアミド酸のNH基に由来するプロトンピーク積算値とを用い以下の式によって求めた。
イミド化率(%)=(1-α・x/y)×100
(xはアミド酸のNH基由来のプロトンピーク積算値、yは基準プロトンのピーク積算値、αはポリアミド酸(イミド化率が0%)の場合におけるアミド酸のNH基プロトン1個に対する基準プロトンの個数割合である。) "Measurement of imidization rate of polyimide polymer"
20 mg of polyimide powder was put into an NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) sample tube (NMR sampling tube standard, φ5 (manufactured by Kusano Kagaku)), and deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d6, 0.05 mass% TMS (tetramethylsilane)). (Mixed product) (0.53 ml) was added and completely dissolved by applying ultrasonic waves. This solution was measured for proton NMR at 500 MHz with an NMR measuring instrument (JNW-ECA500) (manufactured by JEOL Datum). The imidation rate is determined based on protons derived from structures that do not change before and after imidation as reference protons, and the peak integrated value of these protons and proton peaks derived from NH groups of amic acid that appear in the vicinity of 9.5 ppm to 10.0 ppm. It calculated | required by the following formula | equation using the integrated value.
Imidization rate (%) = (1−α · x / y) × 100
(X is the accumulated proton peak value derived from NH group of amic acid, y is the accumulated peak value of reference proton, α is the reference proton for one NH group proton of amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidation rate is 0%) The number ratio.
<合成例1>
C1(2.96g,15.1mmol)、A1(2.91g,7.65mmol)、B2(0.17g,1.57mmol)及びB3(0.93g,6.11mmol)をNMP(20.9g)中で混合し、40℃で8時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(1)を得た。このポリアミド酸の数平均分子量は、27,600、重量平均分子量は、81,000であった。 "Synthesis of polyimide polymers"
<Synthesis Example 1>
C1 (2.96 g, 15.1 mmol), A1 (2.91 g, 7.65 mmol), B2 (0.17 g, 1.57 mmol) and B3 (0.93 g, 6.11 mmol) were converted to NMP (20.9 g). Then, the mixture was reacted at 40 ° C. for 8 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (1) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass. The number average molecular weight of this polyamic acid was 27,600, and the weight average molecular weight was 81,000.
C2(3.83g,15.3mmol)、A2(6.04g,15.3mmol)及びB3(2.33g,15.3mmol)をNMP(26.3g)中で混合し、50℃で2時間反応させた後、C1(2.94g,15.0mmol)とNMP(23.9g)を加え、40℃で6時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(2)を得た。このポリアミド酸の数平均分子量は、18,500、重量平均分子量は、62,400であった。 <Synthesis Example 2>
C2 (3.83 g, 15.3 mmol), A2 (6.04 g, 15.3 mmol) and B3 (2.33 g, 15.3 mmol) were mixed in NMP (26.3 g) and reacted at 50 ° C. for 2 hours. After that, C1 (2.94 g, 15.0 mmol) and NMP (23.9 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (2) having a resin solid content concentration of 25 mass%. . The number average molecular weight of this polyamic acid was 18,500, and the weight average molecular weight was 62,400.
合成例2で得られたポリアミド酸溶液(2)(30.0g)に、NMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(3.91g)及びピリジン(2.42g)を加え、70℃で2時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(3)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は60%であり、数平均分子量は20,900、重量平均分子量は58,100であった。 <Synthesis Example 3>
After adding NMP to the polyamic acid solution (2) (30.0 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 2 and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (3.91 g) and pyridine (2.42 g) were used as imidization catalysts. In addition, the mixture was reacted at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (3). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 60%, the number average molecular weight was 20,900, and the weight average molecular weight was 58,100.
C2(2.64g,10.6mmol)、A3(4.56g,10.5mmol)、B3(1.60g,10.5mmol)及びB4(1.07g,5.26mmol)をNMP(21.4g)中で混合し、80℃で5時間反応させた後、C1(3.02g,15.8mmol)とNMP(17.7g)を加え、40℃で8時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)に、NMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(3.88g)及びピリジン(2.41g)を加え、50℃で2時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(4)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は55%であり、数平均分子量は18,900、重量平均分子量は52,200であった。 <Synthesis Example 4>
C2 (2.64 g, 10.6 mmol), A3 (4.56 g, 10.5 mmol), B3 (1.60 g, 10.5 mmol) and B4 (1.07 g, 5.26 mmol) to NMP (21.4 g) After mixing at 80 ° C. for 5 hours, C1 (3.02 g, 15.8 mmol) and NMP (17.7 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 8 hours. The resin solid content concentration was 25 mass. % Polyamic acid solution was obtained.
After adding NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (3.88 g) and pyridine (2.41 g) were added as imidization catalysts, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 2 hours. Reacted. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (4). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 55%, the number average molecular weight was 18,900, and the weight average molecular weight was 52,200.
C2(2.50g,10.0mmol)、A4(2.96g,6.00mmol)、B1(0.22g,2.00mmol)、B3(1.52g,10.0mmol)及びB4(0.41g,2.00mmol)をNMP(19.1g)中で混合し、80℃で5時間反応させた後、C1(1.92g,9.80mmol)とNMP(9.50g)を加え、40℃で6時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)に、NMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(4.02g)及びピリジン(2.49g)を加え、50℃で2時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(5)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は48%であり、数平均分子量は15,600、重量平均分子量は47,300であった。 <Synthesis Example 5>
C2 (2.50 g, 10.0 mmol), A4 (2.96 g, 6.00 mmol), B1 (0.22 g, 2.00 mmol), B3 (1.52 g, 10.0 mmol) and B4 (0.41 g, 2.00 mmol) was mixed in NMP (19.1 g) and reacted at 80 ° C. for 5 hours, and then C1 (1.92 g, 9.80 mmol) and NMP (9.50 g) were added. The reaction was carried out for a time to obtain a polyamic acid solution having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass.
After adding NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (4.02 g) and pyridine (2.49 g) were added as an imidization catalyst, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 2 hours. Reacted. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (5). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 48%, the number average molecular weight was 15,600, and the weight average molecular weight was 47,300.
C3(5.45g,24.3mmol)、A2(5.81g,14.7mmol)、B3(1.12g,7.36mmol)及びB4(0.50g,2.46mmol)をNMP(38.6g)中で混合し、40℃で10時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)にNMPを加え、6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(4.00g)及びピリジン(2.48g)を加え、70℃で2時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(6)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は63%であり、数平均分子量は16,400、重量平均分子量は46,200であった。 <Synthesis Example 6>
C3 (5.45 g, 24.3 mmol), A2 (5.81 g, 14.7 mmol), B3 (1.12 g, 7.36 mmol) and B4 (0.50 g, 2.46 mmol) were added to NMP (38.6 g). Then, the mixture was reacted at 40 ° C. for 10 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass.
After adding NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (4.00 g) and pyridine (2.48 g) were added as an imidization catalyst, and the mixture was kept at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. Reacted. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (6). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 63%, the number average molecular weight was 16,400, and the weight average molecular weight was 46,200.
C3(5.45g,24.3mmol)、A4(3.63g,7.37mmol)及びB3(2.61g,17.2mmol)をNMP(35.1g)中で混合し、40℃で5時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)にNMPを加え、6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(8.00g)及びピリジン(2.48g)を加え、50℃で3時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(7)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は54%であり、数平均分子量は16,900、重量平均分子量は46,300であった。 <Synthesis Example 7>
C3 (5.45 g, 24.3 mmol), A4 (3.63 g, 7.37 mmol) and B3 (2.61 g, 17.2 mmol) were mixed in NMP (35.1 g) and reacted at 40 ° C. for 5 hours. Thus, a polyamic acid solution having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass was obtained.
After adding NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (8.00 g) and pyridine (2.48 g) were added as an imidization catalyst, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 3 hours. Reacted. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (7). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 54%, the number average molecular weight was 16,900, and the weight average molecular weight was 46,300.
C4(4.59g,15.3mmol)、A3(6.62g,15.3mmol)、B3(1.86g,12.2mmol)及びB4(0.62g,3.05mmol)をNMP(27.6g)中で混合し、40℃で8時間反応させた後、C1(2.94g,15.0mmol)とNMP(22.3g)を加え、25℃で10時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)に、NMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(7.24g)及びピリジン(2.24g)を加え、40℃で1.5時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(8)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は70%であり、数平均分子量は17,100、重量平均分子量は37,200であった。 <Synthesis Example 8>
C4 (4.59 g, 15.3 mmol), A3 (6.62 g, 15.3 mmol), B3 (1.86 g, 12.2 mmol) and B4 (0.62 g, 3.05 mmol) in NMP (27.6 g) After mixing at 40 ° C. for 8 hours, C1 (2.94 g, 15.0 mmol) and NMP (22.3 g) were added, and the mixture was reacted at 25 ° C. for 10 hours. % Polyamic acid solution was obtained.
After adding NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (7.24 g) and pyridine (2.24 g) were added as an imidization catalyst and 1. The reaction was allowed for 5 hours. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (8). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 70%, the number average molecular weight was 17,100, and the weight average molecular weight was 37,200.
C2(3.83g,15.3mmol)、B3(2.33g,15.3mmol)及びB5(5.76g,15.3mmol)をNMP(24.6g)中で混合し、80℃で1時間反応させた後、C1(2.94g,15.0mmol)とNMP(20.0g)を加え、40℃で6時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(9)を得た。このポリアミド酸の数平均分子量は、21,500、重量平均分子量は、63,400であった。 <Synthesis Example 9>
C2 (3.83 g, 15.3 mmol), B3 (2.33 g, 15.3 mmol) and B5 (5.76 g, 15.3 mmol) were mixed in NMP (24.6 g) and reacted at 80 ° C. for 1 hour. After that, C1 (2.94 g, 15.0 mmol) and NMP (20.0 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (9) having a resin solid content concentration of 25 mass%. . The number average molecular weight of this polyamic acid was 21,500, and the weight average molecular weight was 63,400.
合成例9で得られたポリアミド酸溶液(9)(30.0g)に、NMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(3.93g)及びピリジン(2.43g)を加え、70℃で2時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(10)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は61%であり、数平均分子量は18,900、重量平均分子量は54,100であった。 <Synthesis Example 10>
After adding NMP to the polyamic acid solution (9) (30.0 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 9 and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (3.93 g) and pyridine (2.43 g) were used as imidization catalysts. In addition, the mixture was reacted at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (10). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 61%, the number average molecular weight was 18,900, and the weight average molecular weight was 54,100.
C2(3.25g,13.0mmol)、B3(0.99g,6.51mmol)及びB5(7.35g,19.5mmol)をNMP(23.3g)中で混合し、80℃で5時間反応させた後、C1(2.53g,12.9mmol)とNMP(19.1g)を加え、40℃で6時間反応させ、樹脂固形分濃度が25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液を得た。
得られたポリアミド酸溶液(30.0g)に、NMPを加え6質量%に希釈した後、イミド化触媒として無水酢酸(3.52g)及びピリジン(2.18g)を加え、70℃で2時間反応させた。この反応溶液をメタノール(460ml)中に投入し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、100℃で減圧乾燥しポリイミド粉末(11)を得た。このポリイミドのイミド化率は60%であり、数平均分子量は19,200、重量平均分子量は60,100であった。ポリイミド系重合体を表1に示す。 <Synthesis Example 11>
C2 (3.25 g, 13.0 mmol), B3 (0.99 g, 6.51 mmol) and B5 (7.35 g, 19.5 mmol) were mixed in NMP (23.3 g) and reacted at 80 ° C. for 5 hours. After that, C1 (2.53 g, 12.9 mmol) and NMP (19.1 g) were added and reacted at 40 ° C. for 6 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution having a resin solid content concentration of 25 mass%.
After adding NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution (30.0 g) and diluting to 6% by mass, acetic anhydride (3.52 g) and pyridine (2.18 g) were added as an imidization catalyst, and the mixture was maintained at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. Reacted. This reaction solution was put into methanol (460 ml), and the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration. This deposit was wash | cleaned with methanol, and it dried under reduced pressure at 100 degreeC, and obtained the polyimide powder (11). The imidation ratio of this polyimide was 60%, the number average molecular weight was 19,200, and the weight average molecular weight was 60,100. The polyimide polymer is shown in Table 1.
<合成例12>
温度計及び還流管を備え付けた200mlの四つ口反応フラスコ中で、ECS(28.3g)、D1(4.10g)、D2(7.45g)及びD4(32.5g)を混合して、アルコキシシランモノマーの溶液を調製した。この溶液に、あらかじめECS(14.2g)、水(10.8g)、触媒として蓚酸(0.70g)を混合して調整しておいた溶液を、25℃にて30分かけて滴下し、更に25℃にて30分間撹拌した。その後、オイルバスを用いて加熱して30分間還流させた後、あらかじめ調整しておいたD3含有量が92質量%のメタノール溶液(1.20g)とECS(0.90g)の混合溶液を加えた。更に30分間還流させた後、放冷してSiO2換算濃度が12質量%のポリシロキサン溶液(1)を得た。 "Synthesis of polysiloxane polymers"
<Synthesis Example 12>
In a 200 ml four-necked reaction flask equipped with a thermometer and reflux tube, ECS (28.3 g), D1 (4.10 g), D2 (7.45 g) and D4 (32.5 g) were mixed, A solution of alkoxysilane monomer was prepared. To this solution, ECS (14.2 g), water (10.8 g), and a solution prepared by mixing oxalic acid (0.70 g) as a catalyst were added dropwise at 25 ° C. over 30 minutes, The mixture was further stirred at 25 ° C. for 30 minutes. Then, after heating using an oil bath and refluxing for 30 minutes, a previously prepared mixed solution of a methanol solution (1.20 g) with a D3 content of 92% by mass and ECS (0.90 g) was added. It was. The mixture was further refluxed for 30 minutes and then allowed to cool to obtain a polysiloxane solution (1) having a SiO 2 equivalent concentration of 12% by mass.
温度計及び還流管を備え付けた200mlの四つ口反応フラスコ中で、ECS(25.4g)、D1(8.20g)、D2(19.9g)及びD4(20.0g)を混合して、アルコキシシランモノマーの溶液を調製した。この溶液に、あらかじめECS(12.7g)、水(10.8g)、及び触媒として蓚酸(1.10g)を混合して調製しておいた溶液を、25℃にて30分かけて滴下し、更に25℃にて30分間撹拌した。その後、オイルバスを用いて加熱して30分間還流させた後、あらかじめ調製しておいたD3含有量92質量%のメタノール溶液(1.20g)とECS(0.90g)の混合溶液を加えた。更に30分間還流させた後、放冷してSiO2換算濃度が12質量%のポリシロキサン溶液(2)を得た。 <Synthesis Example 13>
In a 200 ml four-necked reaction flask equipped with a thermometer and reflux tube, ECS (25.4 g), D1 (8.20 g), D2 (19.9 g) and D4 (20.0 g) were mixed, A solution of alkoxysilane monomer was prepared. To this solution, ECS (12.7 g), water (10.8 g), and a solution prepared by mixing oxalic acid (1.10 g) as a catalyst were added dropwise at 25 ° C. over 30 minutes. The mixture was further stirred at 25 ° C. for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the mixture was heated using an oil bath and refluxed for 30 minutes, and a previously prepared mixed solution of a methanol solution (1.20 g) having a D3 content of 92% by mass and ECS (0.90 g) was added. . The mixture was further refluxed for 30 minutes and then allowed to cool to obtain a polysiloxane solution (2) having a SiO 2 equivalent concentration of 12% by mass.
温度計及び還流管を備え付けた200mlの四つ口反応フラスコ中で、ECS(29.2g)、D1(4.10g)及びD4(38.8g)を混合して、アルコキシシランモノマーの溶液を調製した。この溶液に、あらかじめECS(14.6g)、水(10.8g)、及び触媒として蓚酸(0.50g)を混合して調製しておいた溶液を、25℃にて30分かけて滴下し、更に25℃にて30分間撹拌した。その後、オイルバスを用いて加熱して30分間還流させた後、あらかじめ調製しておいたD3含有量92質量%のメタノール溶液(1.20g)とECS(0.90g)の混合溶液を加えた。更に30分間還流させた後、放冷してSiO2換算濃度が12質量%のポリシロキサン溶液(3)を得た。 <Synthesis Example 14>
Prepare a solution of alkoxysilane monomer by mixing ECS (29.2 g), D1 (4.10 g) and D4 (38.8 g) in a 200 ml four-necked reaction flask equipped with a thermometer and reflux tube. did. To this solution, ECS (14.6 g), water (10.8 g), and a solution prepared by mixing oxalic acid (0.50 g) as a catalyst were added dropwise at 25 ° C. over 30 minutes. The mixture was further stirred at 25 ° C. for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the mixture was heated using an oil bath and refluxed for 30 minutes, and a previously prepared mixed solution of a methanol solution (1.20 g) having a D3 content of 92% by mass and ECS (0.90 g) was added. . The mixture was further refluxed for 30 minutes and then allowed to cool to obtain a polysiloxane solution (3) having a SiO 2 equivalent concentration of 12% by mass.
温度計及び還流管を備え付けた200mlの四つ口反応フラスコ中で、ECS(28.3g)、D2(7.45g)、D4(32.5g)及びD5(4.07g)を混合して、アルコキシシランモノマーの溶液を調製した。この溶液に、あらかじめECS(14.2g)、水(10.8g)、触媒として蓚酸(0.70g)を混合して調製しておいた溶液を、25℃にて30分かけて滴下し、更に25℃にて30分間撹拌した。その後、オイルバスを用いて加熱して30分間還流させた後、あらかじめ調製しておいたD3含有量が92質量%のメタノール溶液(1.20g)とECS(0.90g)の混合溶液を加えた。更に30分間還流させた後、放冷してSiO2換算濃度が12質量%のポリシロキサン溶液(4)を得た。
ポリシロキサン系重合体(ポリシロキサン溶液)を表2に示す。 <Synthesis Example 15>
In a 200 ml four-necked reaction flask equipped with a thermometer and a reflux tube, ECS (28.3 g), D2 (7.45 g), D4 (32.5 g) and D5 (4.07 g) were mixed, A solution of alkoxysilane monomer was prepared. To this solution, a solution prepared by mixing ECS (14.2 g), water (10.8 g), and oxalic acid (0.70 g) as a catalyst was added dropwise at 25 ° C. over 30 minutes, The mixture was further stirred at 25 ° C. for 30 minutes. Then, after heating using an oil bath and refluxing for 30 minutes, a previously prepared mixed solution of a methanol solution (1.20 g) having a D3 content of 92 mass% and ECS (0.90 g) was added. It was. The mixture was further refluxed for 30 minutes and then allowed to cool to obtain a polysiloxane solution (4) having a SiO 2 equivalent concentration of 12% by mass.
Table 2 shows the polysiloxane polymer (polysiloxane solution).
L1(11.5g)、R1(1.73g)及びP1(0.12g)を混合し、それを加熱後、25℃まで冷却すると液晶性を示す均一な液晶組成物(1)を得た。
「液晶組成物(2)の製造」
L1(12.0g)、R1(2.40g)及びP1(0.12g)を混合し、それを加熱後、25℃まで冷却すると液晶性を示す均一な液晶組成物(2)を得た。 "Production of liquid crystal composition (1)"
When L1 (11.5 g), R1 (1.73 g) and P1 (0.12 g) were mixed and heated to cool to 25 ° C., a uniform liquid crystal composition (1) exhibiting liquid crystallinity was obtained.
"Production of liquid crystal composition (2)"
L1 (12.0 g), R1 (2.40 g) and P1 (0.12 g) were mixed, and after heating, cooling to 25 ° C. gave a uniform liquid crystal composition (2) exhibiting liquid crystallinity.
後記する実施例又は比較例の液晶配向処理剤を、細孔径1μmのメンブランフィルタで加圧濾過し、液晶表示素子(リバース型素子)の作製を行った。具体的には、この溶液を純水及びIPA(イソプロピルアルコール)で洗浄した100×100mmのITO電極付きガラス基板(縦:100mm、横:100mm、厚さ:0.7mm)のITO面上にスピンコートし、ホットプレート上にて100℃で5分間、熱循環型クリーンオーブンにて230℃で30分間加熱処理をして、膜厚が100nmの垂直液晶配向膜付きのITO基板を得た。得られた垂直液晶配向膜付きのITO基板を2枚用意し、その一方の基板の垂直液晶配向膜面に、6μmのスペーサを塗布した。その後、その基板のスペーサを塗布した垂直液晶配向膜面に、ODF法にて前記液晶組成物を滴下し、次いで、他方の基板の垂直液晶配向膜界面が向き合うように貼り合わせを行い、処理前の液晶表示素子を得た。 "Production of liquid crystal display elements and evaluation of liquid crystal orientation (glass substrate)"
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the Example or comparative example mentioned later was pressure-filtered with the membrane filter with a pore diameter of 1 micrometer, and the liquid crystal display element (reverse type element) was produced. Specifically, this solution was spun onto the ITO surface of a glass substrate with 100 × 100 mm ITO electrodes (length: 100 mm, width: 100 mm, thickness: 0.7 mm) washed with pure water and IPA (isopropyl alcohol). Coating was performed on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes and in a heat circulation type clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to obtain an ITO substrate with a vertical liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of 100 nm. Two ITO substrates with the obtained vertical liquid crystal alignment film were prepared, and a 6 μm spacer was applied to the vertical liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates. Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition is dropped by the ODF method onto the surface of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film coated with the spacer of the substrate, and then bonded so that the interface of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film of the other substrate faces. The liquid crystal display element was obtained.
この液晶表示素子を用いて、液晶配向性の評価を行った。液晶配向性は、本素子を偏光顕微鏡(ECLIPSE E600WPOL、ニコン社製)で観察し、液晶が垂直に配向しているかどうかを確認した。具体的には、液晶が垂直に配向しているものを、本評価に優れる(表7~表10の良好表示)とした。 Using a metal halide lamp with an illuminance of 60 mW on the liquid crystal display element before the above treatment, a wavelength of 350 nm or less was cut, and ultraviolet irradiation of 7 J / cm 2 in terms of 365 nm was performed to obtain a liquid crystal display element. The inside of the irradiation device when the liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays was controlled at 25 ° C.
The liquid crystal orientation was evaluated using this liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal orientation was observed with a polarizing microscope (ECLIPSE E600WPOL, manufactured by Nikon Corporation) to confirm whether or not the liquid crystal was vertically aligned. Specifically, a liquid crystal in which the liquid crystal is aligned vertically is regarded as excellent in this evaluation (good display in Tables 7 to 10).
後記する実施例又は比較例の液晶配向処理剤を、細孔径1μmのメンブランフィルタで加圧濾過し、液晶表示素子の作製を行った。具体的には、この溶液を純水で洗浄した150×150mmのITO電極付きPET(ポリエチレンテレフタレート)基板(縦:150mm、横:150mm、厚さ:0.2mm)のITO面上にバーコーターにて塗布をし、ホットプレート上にて100℃で5分間、熱循環型クリーンオーブンにて180℃で1分間加熱処理をして、膜厚が100nmの垂直液晶配向膜付きのITO基板を得た。 得られた垂直液晶配向膜付きのITO基板を2枚用意し、その一方の基板の垂直液晶配向膜面に、6μmのスペーサを塗布した。その後、その基板のスペーサを塗布した垂直液晶配向膜面に、ODF法にて前記液晶組成物を滴下し、次いで、他方の基板の垂直液晶配向膜界面が向き合うように貼り合わせを行い、処理前の液晶表示素子を得た。
得られた処理前の液晶表示素子に、照度60mWのメタルハライドランプを用いて、350nm以下の波長をカットし、365nm換算で7J/cm2の紫外線照射を行い、液晶表示素子を得た。液晶セルに紫外線を照射する際の照射装置内を25℃に制御した。
この液晶表示素子を用いて、液晶配向性の評価を行った。液晶配向性は、本素子を偏光顕微鏡(ECLIPSE E600WPOL、ニコン社製)で観察し、液晶が垂直に配向しているかどうかを確認した。具体的には、液晶が垂直に配向しているものを、評価に優れる(表7~表10中の良好表示)とした。 "Production of liquid crystal display elements and evaluation of liquid crystal orientation (plastic substrate)"
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the Example or comparative example mentioned later was pressure-filtered with the membrane filter with a pore diameter of 1 micrometer, and the liquid crystal display element was produced. Specifically, this solution was washed with pure water on a 150 × 150 mm ITO (polyethylene terephthalate) substrate with an ITO electrode (length: 150 mm, width: 150 mm, thickness: 0.2 mm) on a bar coater. Then, heat treatment was performed at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate and at 180 ° C. for 1 minute in a heat circulation type clean oven to obtain an ITO substrate with a vertical liquid crystal alignment film having a film thickness of 100 nm. . Two ITO substrates with the obtained vertical liquid crystal alignment film were prepared, and a 6 μm spacer was applied to the vertical liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates. Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition is dropped by the ODF method onto the surface of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film coated with the spacer of the substrate, and then bonded so that the interface of the vertical liquid crystal alignment film of the other substrate faces. The liquid crystal display element was obtained.
Using a metal halide lamp with an illuminance of 60 mW, the obtained liquid crystal display element before treatment was cut at a wavelength of 350 nm or less, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 7 J / cm 2 in terms of 365 nm to obtain a liquid crystal display element. The inside of the irradiation apparatus when irradiating a liquid crystal cell with ultraviolet rays was controlled at 25 ° C.
The liquid crystal orientation was evaluated using this liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal orientation was observed with a polarizing microscope (ECLIPSE E600WPOL, manufactured by Nikon Corporation) to confirm whether or not the liquid crystal was vertically aligned. Specifically, the liquid crystal aligned vertically was regarded as excellent in evaluation (good display in Tables 7 to 10).
液晶表示素子(ガラス基板)について、その電圧無印加状態での透過率を測定することで行った。具体的には、測定装置にUV-3600(島津製作所社製)、25℃、リファレンスに上記ITO電極付きガラス基板、スキャン波長を300~800nmの条件で透過率を測定した。評価は、450nmの波長の透過率で行い、透過率が高いものほど、評価に優れるとした(表7~表10に透過率の値を示した)。
電圧印加時の散乱特性は、液晶表示素子に、交流駆動で40Vを印加し、液晶の配向状態を目視観察することで行った。具体的には、本素子が白濁したもの、すなわち、散乱特性が得られたものを、評価に優れる(表7~表10中の良好表示)とした。 "Evaluation of optical properties (transparency and scattering properties) (glass substrate)"
The liquid crystal display element (glass substrate) was measured by measuring the transmittance in a state where no voltage was applied. Specifically, the transmittance was measured under the conditions of UV-3600 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) as a measuring device, 25 ° C., the glass substrate with the ITO electrode as a reference, and a scan wavelength of 300 to 800 nm. The evaluation was performed at a transmittance of a wavelength of 450 nm, and the higher the transmittance, the better the evaluation (the transmittance values are shown in Tables 7 to 10).
The scattering characteristics at the time of voltage application were performed by applying 40V to the liquid crystal display element by AC driving and visually observing the alignment state of the liquid crystal. Specifically, those in which the element was clouded, that is, those in which scattering characteristics were obtained were regarded as being excellent in evaluation (good display in Tables 7 to 10).
液晶表示素子(プラスチック基板)を用いて、その電圧無印加状態の透過率を測定することで行った。具体的には、測定装置にUV-3600(島津製作所社製)を用いて、25℃、リファレンスに上記ITO電極付きPET基板、スキャン波長を300~800nmの条件で透過率を測定した。評価は、450nmの波長の透過率で行い、透過率が高いものほど、評価に優れるとした。
電圧印加時の散乱特性は、液晶表示素子に、交流駆動で40Vを印加し、液晶の配向状態を目視観察することで行った。具体的には、本素子が白濁したもの、すなわち、散乱特性が得られたものを、評価に優れる(表7~表9中の良好表示)とした。 "Evaluation of optical properties (transparency and scattering properties) (plastic substrate)"
Using a liquid crystal display element (plastic substrate), the transmittance was measured by applying no voltage. Specifically, UV-3600 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) was used as a measurement apparatus, and the transmittance was measured under the conditions of 25 ° C., the above-mentioned PET substrate with an ITO electrode as a reference, and a scan wavelength of 300 to 800 nm. Evaluation was performed at a transmittance of a wavelength of 450 nm, and the higher the transmittance, the better the evaluation.
The scattering characteristics at the time of voltage application were performed by applying 40V to the liquid crystal display element by AC driving and visually observing the alignment state of the liquid crystal. Specifically, a device in which the element was clouded, that is, a device having a scattering characteristic, was regarded as excellent in evaluation (good display in Tables 7 to 9).
液晶表示素子を、温度80℃、湿度90%の高温高湿槽内に24時間保管し、本素子内の気泡の有無及び素子の剥離を確認した。その際、本素子内に気泡が見られずに素子の剥離(液晶層と垂直液晶配向膜とが剥がれている状態)が起こっていないものを、本評価に優れる(表7~表10中の良好表示)とした。
この液晶表示素子の液晶層と垂直液晶配向膜との密着性の結果を表7~表10に示す。 "Evaluation of adhesion between liquid crystal layer and vertical liquid crystal alignment film (glass substrate)"
The liquid crystal display element was stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank having a temperature of 80 ° C. and a humidity of 90% for 24 hours, and the presence or absence of bubbles in the element and peeling of the element were confirmed. At this time, the case where no bubbles were observed in the device and the device was not peeled off (the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film were peeled off) was excellent in this evaluation (Tables 7 to 10). Good display).
Tables 7 to 10 show the results of adhesion between the liquid crystal layer of this liquid crystal display element and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
液晶表示素子を、温度80℃、湿度90%の高温高湿槽内に24時間保管し、本素子内の気泡の有無及び素子の剥離を確認した。その際、本素子内に気泡が見られずに素子の剥離(液晶層と垂直液晶配向膜とが剥がれている状態)が起こっていないものを、本評価に優れる(表7~表9中の良好表示)とした。 "Evaluation of adhesion between liquid crystal layer and vertical liquid crystal alignment film (plastic substrate)"
The liquid crystal display element was stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity tank having a temperature of 80 ° C. and a humidity of 90% for 24 hours, and the presence or absence of bubbles in the element and peeling of the element were confirmed. At that time, the case where no bubbles were observed in the device and the device was not peeled off (the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film were peeled off) was excellent in this evaluation (Tables 7 to 9). Good display).
合成例1で得られたポリアミド酸溶液(1)(6.00g)に、NMP(9.60g)、BCS(9.40g)、M2(0.15g)及びK1(0.08g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(1)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(1)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 1>
NMP (9.60 g), BCS (9.40 g), M2 (0.15 g) and K1 (0.08 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (1) (6.00 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 1. The liquid crystal aligning agent (1) was obtained by stirring at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (1) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例2で得られたポリアミド酸溶液(2)(6.20g)に、NMP(7.50g)及びBCS(12.1g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(2)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(2)と液晶組成物(1)を用い、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)を行った。 <Example 2>
NMP (7.50 g) and BCS (12.1 g) were added to the polyamic acid solution (2) (6.20 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. 2) was obtained. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (2) and the liquid crystal composition (1), production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate), and Evaluation of adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) was performed.
実施例2で得られた液晶配向処理剤(2)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 3>
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (2) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Example 2, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal orientation (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
合成例3で得られたポリイミド粉末(3)(1.55g)に、NMP(13.4g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(10.9g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(3)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(3)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 4>
NMP (13.4 g) was added to the polyimide powder (3) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, BCS (10.9 g) was added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (3). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (3) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
実施例4で得られた液晶配向処理剤(3)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 5>
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (3) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Example 4, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal orientation (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
合成例3で得られたポリイミド粉末(3)(1.50g)に、NEP(14.1g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、PB(9.40g)、M2(0.45g)及びK1(0.15g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(4)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(4)と液晶組成物(1)を用い、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)を行った。 <Example 6>
NEP (14.1 g) was added to the polyimide powder (3) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, PB (9.40 g), M2 (0.45 g) and K1 (0.15 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (4). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (4) and the liquid crystal composition (1), production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate), and Evaluation of adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) was performed.
合成例3で得られたポリイミド粉末(3)(1.52g)に、NEP(11.9g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(11.9g)及びM1(0.53g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(5)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(5)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 7>
NEP (11.9 g) was added to the polyimide powder (3) (1.52 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. BCS (11.9g) and M1 (0.53g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 25 degreeC for 5 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (5). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (5) and the liquid crystal composition (2), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例4で得られたポリイミド粉末(4)(1.50g)に、NEP(15.3g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(8.20g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(6)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(6)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 8>
NEP (15.3 g) was added to the polyimide powder (4) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 4, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. BCS (8.20g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 25 degreeC for 5 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (6). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (6) and the liquid crystal composition (2), preparation of the liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例4で得られたポリイミド粉末(4)(1.52g)に、NEP(15.5g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、PB(8.30g)、M2(0.53g)及びK1(0.15g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(7)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(7)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 9>
NEP (15.5 g) was added to the polyimide powder (4) (1.52 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 4, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, PB (8.30 g), M2 (0.53 g) and K1 (0.15 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (7). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (7) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例4で得られたポリイミド粉末(4)(1.55g)に、γ-BL(13.4g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(10.9g)及びM3(0.23g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(8)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常はなく、均一溶液であることを確認した。
液晶配向処理剤(8)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 10>
To the polyimide powder (4) obtained in Synthesis Example 4 (1.55 g), γ-BL (13.4 g) was added and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. BCS (10.9g) and M3 (0.23g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 25 degreeC for 5 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (8). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution with no abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (8) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例5で得られたポリイミド粉末(5)(1.50g)に、NMP(16.5g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(7.10g)及びK1(0.23g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(9)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常はなく均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(9)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)を行った。 <Example 11>
NMP (16.5 g) was added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. BCS (7.10g) and K1 (0.23g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 25 degreeC for 5 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (9). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution with no abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (9) and the liquid crystal composition (2), production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate) And adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) were evaluated.
合成例5で得られたポリイミド粉末(5)(1.50g)に、NEP(16.5g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(7.10g)及びM3(0.08g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌し、液晶配向処理剤(10)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常はなく、均一な溶液であることを確認した。
液晶配向処理剤(10)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 12>
NEP (16.5 g) was added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. BCS (7.10g) and M3 (0.08g) were added to this solution, and it stirred at 25 degreeC for 5 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (10). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution with no abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (10) and the liquid crystal composition (1), production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例5で得られたポリイミド粉末(5)(1.50g)に、NEP(15.3g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(2.40g)、PB(5.90g)、M2(0.45g)及びK1(0.08g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(11)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(11)と液晶組成物(1)を用い、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)を行った。 <Example 13>
NEP (15.3 g) was added to the polyimide powder (5) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, BCS (2.40 g), PB (5.90 g), M2 (0.45 g) and K1 (0.08 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (11). Got. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (11) and the liquid crystal composition (1), production of the above-described liquid crystal display element / evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate), and Evaluation of adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) was performed.
合成例5で得られたポリイミド粉末(5)(1.50g)に、γ-BL(17.6g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(5.90g)及びM1(0.60g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(12)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出等の異常はなく、均一溶液であることを確認した。
液晶配向処理剤(12)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 14>
To the polyimide powder (5) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 (1.50 g), γ-BL (17.6 g) was added and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, BCS (5.90 g) and M1 (0.60 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (12). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution with no abnormalities such as turbidity and precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (12) and the liquid crystal composition (2), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例6で得られたポリイミド粉末(6)(1.55g)に、NEP(13.4g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、PB(10.9g)、M2(0.47g)及びK1(0.08g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(13)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(13)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 15>
NEP (13.4 g) was added to the polyimide powder (6) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, PB (10.9 g), M2 (0.47 g) and K1 (0.08 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (13). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (13) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例6で得られたポリイミド粉末(6)(1.53g)に、NMP(14.4g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(9.60g)及びK1(0.15g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌し、液晶配向処理剤(14)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常はなく、均一な溶液であることが確認した。
液晶配向処理剤(14)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 16>
NMP (14.4 g) was added to the polyimide powder (6) (1.53 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. BCS (9.60 g) and K1 (0.15 g) were added to this solution, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (14). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution with no turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (14) and the liquid crystal composition (2), preparation of the liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例7で得られたポリイミド粉末(7)(1.55g)に、NEP(15.8g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、PB(8.50g)、M2(0.39g)及びK1(0.16g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(15)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(15)と液晶組成物(1)を用い、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)を行った。 <Example 17>
NEP (15.8 g) was added to the polyimide powder (7) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 7 and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, PB (8.50 g), M2 (0.39 g) and K1 (0.16 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (15). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (15) and the liquid crystal composition (1), production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate), and Evaluation of adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) was performed.
合成例7で得られたポリイミド粉末(7)(1.50g)に、NMP(16.5g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(7.10g)、M3(0.15g)及びK1(0.08g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(16)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(16)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 18>
NMP (16.5 g) was added to the polyimide powder (7) (1.50 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 7, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, BCS (7.10 g), M3 (0.15 g) and K1 (0.08 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (16). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (16) and the liquid crystal composition (1), production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例8で得られたポリイミド粉末(8)(1.55g)に、γ-BL(14.6g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(9.70g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(17)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(17)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 19>
Γ-BL (14.6 g) was added to the polyimide powder (8) (1.55 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 8, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, BCS (9.70 g) was added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (17). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (17) and the liquid crystal composition (2), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例8で得られたポリイミド粉末(8)(1.51g)に、NEP(13.0g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(10.6g)、M2(0.45g)及びK1(0.15g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(18)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(18)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 20>
NEP (13.0 g) was added to the polyimide powder (8) (1.51 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 8, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, BCS (10.6 g), M2 (0.45 g) and K1 (0.15 g) were added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (18). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (18) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例12で得られたポリシロキサン溶液(1)(15.0g)に、ECS(3.70g)及びBCS(11.3g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(19)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(19)と液晶組成物(1)を用い、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)、及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板、プラスチック基板)を行った。 <Example 21>
ECS (3.70 g) and BCS (11.3 g) were added to the polysiloxane solution (1) (15.0 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 12, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. 19) was obtained. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (19) and the liquid crystal composition (1), production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element / evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate, plastic substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate, plastic substrate), And adhesion (glass substrate, plastic substrate) were evaluated.
実施例20で得られた液晶配向処理剤(19)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)、及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 22>
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (19) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Example 20, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
合成例13で得られたポリシロキサン溶液(2)(16.0g)に、ECS(10.0g)及びBCS(6.00g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(20)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(20)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 23>
ECS (10.0 g) and BCS (6.00 g) were added to the polysiloxane solution (2) (16.0 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 13, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. 20) was obtained. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (20) and the liquid crystal composition (1), production of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
実施例23で得られた液晶配向処理剤(20)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 24>
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (20) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Example 23, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
合成例13の合成手法で得られたポリシロキサン溶液(2)(10.0g)に、ECS(10.0g)、BCS(6.00g)及びM2(0.24g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(21)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(21)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 25>
ECS (10.0 g), BCS (6.00 g) and M2 (0.24 g) were added to the polysiloxane solution (2) (10.0 g) obtained by the synthesis method of Synthesis Example 13, and 5 ° C. at 25 ° C. By stirring for a time, a liquid crystal aligning agent (21) was obtained. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (21) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例14で得られたポリシロキサン溶液(3)(15.5g)に、ECS(9.70g)、PB(5.80g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(22)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(22)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 26>
ECS (9.70 g) and PB (5.80 g) were added to the polysiloxane solution (3) (15.5 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 14, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. 22) was obtained. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (22) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
実施例26で得られた液晶配向処理剤(22)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Example 27>
Using the liquid-crystal aligning agent (22) and liquid-crystal composition (2) obtained in Example 26, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal orientation (glass substrate), evaluation of optical characteristics (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
合成例9で得られた樹脂固形分濃度25質量%のポリアミド酸溶液(9)(6.50g)に、NMP(7.90g)及びBCS(12.7g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(23)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(23)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Comparative Example 1>
NMP (7.90 g) and BCS (12.7 g) are added to the polyamic acid solution (9) (6.50 g) having a resin solid content concentration of 25% by mass obtained in Synthesis Example 9, and the mixture is stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. As a result, a liquid crystal aligning agent (23) was obtained. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (23) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
比較例1で得られた液晶配向処理剤(23)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Comparative example 2>
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (23) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Comparative Example 1, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
合成例10で得られたポリイミド粉末(10)(1.70g)に、NMP(14.6g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(12.0g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(24)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(24)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Comparative Example 3>
NMP (14.6 g) was added to the polyimide powder (10) (1.70 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 10, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. To this solution, BCS (12.0 g) was added and stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (24). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (24) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
比較例3で得られた液晶配向処理剤(24)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Comparative example 4>
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (24) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Comparative Example 3, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
合成例11で得られたポリイミド粉末(11)(1.65g)に、NMP(14.2g)を加え、70℃にて24時間攪拌して溶解させた。この溶液に、BCS(11.6g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(25)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(25)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Comparative Example 5>
NMP (14.2 g) was added to the polyimide powder (11) (1.65 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 11, and dissolved by stirring at 70 ° C. for 24 hours. BCS (11.6g) was added to this solution, and it stirred at 25 degreeC for 5 hours, and obtained the liquid-crystal aligning agent (25). This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (25) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
合成例15で得られたポリシロキサン溶液(4)(16.0g)に、ECS(4.00g)及びBCS(12.0g)を加え、25℃で5時間攪拌して、液晶配向処理剤(26)を得た。この液晶配向処理剤に、濁りや析出などの異常は見られず、均一な溶液であることが確認された。
液晶配向処理剤(26)と液晶組成物(1)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Comparative Example 7>
ECS (4.00 g) and BCS (12.0 g) were added to the polysiloxane solution (4) (16.0 g) obtained in Synthesis Example 15, and the mixture was stirred at 25 ° C. for 5 hours. 26) was obtained. This liquid crystal aligning agent was confirmed to be a uniform solution without any abnormality such as turbidity or precipitation.
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (26) and the liquid crystal composition (1), preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate), and evaluation of adhesion ( Glass substrate).
比較例7で得られた液晶配向処理剤(26)と液晶組成物(2)を用いて、上記した液晶表示素子の作製・液晶配向性の評価(ガラス基板)、光学特性の評価(ガラス基板)及び密着性の評価(ガラス基板)を行った。 <Comparative Example 8>
Using the liquid crystal aligning agent (26) and the liquid crystal composition (2) obtained in Comparative Example 7, preparation of the above-mentioned liquid crystal display element, evaluation of liquid crystal alignment (glass substrate), evaluation of optical properties (glass substrate) ) And adhesion evaluation (glass substrate).
*2:液晶が垂直配向していなかった。
*3:液晶が垂直配向していないため、測定できなかった。
*4:素子内に気泡が見られた。
*5:素子が、液晶層と垂直液晶配向膜との間で剥離した。 * 1: An alignment defect was observed in the device.
* 2: The liquid crystal was not vertically aligned.
* 3: Since the liquid crystal was not vertically aligned, measurement was not possible.
* 4: Bubbles were observed in the element.
* 5: The element peeled between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film.
具体的には、重合体中の側鎖構造が異なる実施例と比較例との比較、すなわち、実施例2と比較例1との比較、実施例4と比較例3との比較、及び実施例21と比較例7との比較において、比較例の液晶表示素子は、実施例に比べて、液晶の垂直配向性不足に伴う配向欠陥が見られ、電圧無印加時の透過率も低くなった。更に、液晶組成物中の重合性化合物の含有量が少ない液晶組成物(1)を用いているため、比較例では、液晶層と垂直液晶配向膜との密着性が低く、高温高湿槽内に保管することで液晶表示素子内に気泡が見られた。 As can be seen from the above, the liquid crystal display elements of the examples have higher liquid crystal vertical alignment than the comparative examples, and good optical characteristics, that is, transparency when no voltage is applied and scattering characteristics when a voltage is applied. Good, and furthermore, the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is high. In particular, when the content of the polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition is large, that is, in the example, even when the liquid crystal composition (2) is used, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal is high and good optical characteristics, that is, The transparency when no voltage was applied and the scattering characteristics when a voltage was applied were good.
Specifically, a comparison between Examples and Comparative Examples having different side chain structures in the polymer, that is, a comparison between Example 2 and Comparative Example 1, a comparison between Example 4 and Comparative Example 3, and an Example In comparison between No. 21 and Comparative Example 7, in the liquid crystal display element of the comparative example, alignment defects due to insufficient vertical alignment of the liquid crystal were observed and the transmittance when no voltage was applied was also lower than in the example. Further, since the liquid crystal composition (1) having a small content of the polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition is used, in the comparative example, the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film is low, and the inside of the high temperature and high humidity tank In the liquid crystal display element, bubbles were observed.
加えて、重合体中の側鎖構造を従来型の側鎖構造を用いて、その含有量を多くした場合、すなわち、比較例5、6の液晶表示素子は、液晶の垂直配向性及び電圧印加時の透過率の特性には優れているものの、高温高湿槽内に保管することで、液晶層と垂直液晶配向膜との密着性が悪いため、液晶表示素子の剥離が起こった。 Moreover, the liquid crystal composition (2) having a high content of the polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition was used, and only the side chain structure in the polymer was different between the specific side chain structure and the conventional side chain structure. Comparison of Example 3 and Comparative Example 2, Comparison of Example 5 and Comparative Example 4, and Comparison of Example 22 and Comparative Example 8 Although the adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film was excellent, the liquid crystal was not aligned vertically.
In addition, when the content of the side chain structure in the polymer is increased by using the conventional side chain structure, that is, in the liquid crystal display elements of Comparative Examples 5 and 6, the vertical alignment property of the liquid crystal and the voltage application Although the transmittance characteristics at the time were excellent, the liquid crystal display element was peeled off due to poor adhesion between the liquid crystal layer and the vertical liquid crystal alignment film when stored in a high temperature and high humidity tank.
なお、2013年3月1日に出願された日本特許出願2013-040398号の明細書、特許請求の範囲、及び要約書の全内容をここに引用し、本発明の明細書の開示として、取り入れるものである。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is useful for a liquid crystal display for display purposes, and further for a light control window, an optical shutter element, etc. for houses, buildings, vehicles, etc. for controlling transmission and blocking of light.
The entire contents of the specification, claims, and abstract of Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-040398 filed on March 1, 2013 are incorporated herein as the disclosure of the specification of the present invention. Is.
Claims (11)
- 電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有し、前記一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性化合物を含む液晶組成物を配置し、更に、基板の少なくとも一方が液晶を垂直に配向させる液晶配向膜を有し、液晶組成物の一部又は全体が液晶性を示す状態で前記液晶組成物の硬化を行い、液晶と重合性化合物の硬化物複合体を形成させて得られる液晶表示素子であり、前記液晶配向膜が、下記の式[1]で示される構造を有する重合体を含む液晶配向処理剤から得られる液晶配向膜からなる液晶表示素子。
- 前記液晶配向処理剤が、アクリルポリマー、メタクリルポリマー、ノボラック樹脂、ポリヒドロキシスチレン、ポリイミド前駆体、ポリイミド、ポリアミド、ポリエステル、セルロース及びポリシロキサンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つの重合体を含む液晶配向処理剤である請求項1に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal aligning agent includes at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of acrylic polymer, methacrylic polymer, novolak resin, polyhydroxystyrene, polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyamide, polyester, cellulose, and polysiloxane. The liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, which is an agent.
- 前記液晶配向処理剤が、式[1]の側鎖を有するジアミン化合物を原料の一部に用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体を含む液晶配向処理剤である請求項2に記載の液晶表示素子。 Liquid crystal alignment treatment, wherein the liquid crystal alignment treatment agent includes at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained by using a diamine compound having a side chain of the formula [1] as part of the raw material and polyimide. The liquid crystal display element according to claim 2, which is an agent.
- 前記ジアミン化合物が、下記の式[1a]で示されるジアミン化合物を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体である請求項3に記載の液晶表示素子。
- 前記液晶配向処理剤が、下記の式[2]で示されるテトラカルボン酸成分を原料の一部に用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体を含む液晶配向処理剤である請求項2~請求項4のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。
- 前記液晶配向処理剤が、下記の式[A1]で示されるアルコキシシランを重縮合させて得られるポリシロキサン、式[A1]と下記の式[A2]又は式[A3]で示されるアルコキシシランのいずれか1種を含むアルコキシシランを重縮合させて得られるポリシロキサン、あるいは、式[A1]、式[A2]及び式[A3]で示されるアルコキシシランを重縮合させて得られるポリシロキサンのうちのいずれか1種を含む液晶配向処理剤である請求項2に記載の液晶表示素子。
- 前記液晶配向処理剤が、下記の式[6]で示される化合物を含有する請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。
- 前記式[1]で示される構造を有する重合体が、重量平均分子量10,000~150,000である請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the polymer having the structure represented by the formula [1] has a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 150,000.
- 前記液晶表示素子の基板が、ガラス基板又はプラスチック基板である請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the substrate of the liquid crystal display element is a glass substrate or a plastic substrate.
- 請求項1~9のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子に用いる液晶配向膜。 10. A liquid crystal alignment film used for the liquid crystal display element according to claim 1.
- 請求項10に記載の液晶配向膜を形成するための液晶配向処理剤。 A liquid crystal alignment treatment agent for forming the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 10.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
KR1020157026534A KR102196272B1 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2014-02-28 | Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment treatment agent |
CN201480024564.7A CN105164580B (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2014-02-28 | Liquid crystal indicates element, liquid crystal orientation film and aligning agent for liquid crystal |
JP2015503058A JP6459959B2 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2014-02-28 | Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment treatment agent |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2013-040398 | 2013-03-01 | ||
JP2013040398 | 2013-03-01 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014133154A1 true WO2014133154A1 (en) | 2014-09-04 |
Family
ID=51428412
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2014/055138 WO2014133154A1 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2014-02-28 | Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment treatment agent |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6459959B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR102196272B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN105164580B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI662061B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2014133154A1 (en) |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN105225724A (en) * | 2014-06-30 | 2016-01-06 | 乐金显示有限公司 | Organic insulating material and comprise its flexible display |
WO2016047771A1 (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2016-03-31 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Lcd element |
WO2016047770A1 (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2016-03-31 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Lcd element |
JP2016133675A (en) * | 2015-01-20 | 2016-07-25 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and production method of the same, liquid crystal display element, and retardation film and production method of the same |
CN107077024A (en) * | 2014-11-07 | 2017-08-18 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Liquid crystal represents element |
KR20240007182A (en) | 2021-05-13 | 2024-01-16 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal device |
Families Citing this family (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
ES2831103T3 (en) * | 2016-02-26 | 2021-06-07 | Nissan Chemical Corp | Liquid crystal display device |
CN105954935B (en) * | 2016-06-24 | 2019-11-26 | 明基材料有限公司 | Liquid-crystal apparatus |
CN109477925B (en) * | 2016-07-21 | 2022-10-25 | 住友化学株式会社 | Elliptical polarizing plate |
CN110770645B (en) * | 2017-06-14 | 2022-06-03 | 日产化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element using same, and method for producing liquid crystal alignment film |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2003255315A (en) * | 2001-12-28 | 2003-09-10 | Asahi Glass Co Ltd | Liquid crystal dimmer element and method for manufacturing the same |
JP2007249041A (en) * | 2006-03-17 | 2007-09-27 | Fujifilm Corp | Dimming material |
JP2008058374A (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2008-03-13 | Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc | Liquid crystal element |
WO2011132752A1 (en) * | 2010-04-22 | 2011-10-27 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid-crystal alignment agent, liquid-crystal alignment film, and liquid-crystal display element |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2885116B2 (en) | 1994-07-05 | 1999-04-19 | 日本電気株式会社 | Liquid crystal optical element and manufacturing method thereof |
JP4132424B2 (en) | 1999-06-22 | 2008-08-13 | 旭硝子株式会社 | Manufacturing method of liquid crystal optical element |
JP5578074B2 (en) * | 2008-06-04 | 2014-08-27 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Silicon-based liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
JP5904121B2 (en) * | 2010-07-26 | 2016-04-13 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
-
2014
- 2014-02-28 JP JP2015503058A patent/JP6459959B2/en active Active
- 2014-02-28 CN CN201480024564.7A patent/CN105164580B/en active Active
- 2014-02-28 WO PCT/JP2014/055138 patent/WO2014133154A1/en active Application Filing
- 2014-02-28 KR KR1020157026534A patent/KR102196272B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2014-03-03 TW TW103107043A patent/TWI662061B/en active
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2003255315A (en) * | 2001-12-28 | 2003-09-10 | Asahi Glass Co Ltd | Liquid crystal dimmer element and method for manufacturing the same |
JP2007249041A (en) * | 2006-03-17 | 2007-09-27 | Fujifilm Corp | Dimming material |
JP2008058374A (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2008-03-13 | Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc | Liquid crystal element |
WO2011132752A1 (en) * | 2010-04-22 | 2011-10-27 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid-crystal alignment agent, liquid-crystal alignment film, and liquid-crystal display element |
Cited By (21)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9748517B2 (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2017-08-29 | Lg Display Co., Ltd. | Organic insulating material and flexible display including the same |
CN105225724A (en) * | 2014-06-30 | 2016-01-06 | 乐金显示有限公司 | Organic insulating material and comprise its flexible display |
US10381595B2 (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2019-08-13 | Lg Display Co., Ltd. | Organic insulating material and flexible display including the same |
TWI695881B (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2020-06-11 | 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 | Liquid crystal display element |
WO2016047770A1 (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2016-03-31 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Lcd element |
KR20170060069A (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2017-05-31 | 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 | Lcd element |
JPWO2016047770A1 (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2017-07-06 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid crystal display element |
JPWO2016047771A1 (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2017-07-13 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid crystal display element |
CN107003571A (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2017-08-01 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Liquid crystal represents element |
CN107003570A (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2017-08-01 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Liquid crystal represents element |
KR102474324B1 (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2022-12-05 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Lcd element |
KR102437798B1 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2022-08-29 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Lcd element |
KR20170060071A (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2017-05-31 | 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 | Lcd element |
TWI669378B (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2019-08-21 | 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 | Liquid crystal display element |
US10647816B2 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2020-05-12 | Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Liquid crystal display device |
WO2016047771A1 (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2016-03-31 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Lcd element |
CN107003571B (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2020-10-09 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Liquid crystal display element |
CN107077024B (en) * | 2014-11-07 | 2020-11-17 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Liquid crystal display element |
CN107077024A (en) * | 2014-11-07 | 2017-08-18 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Liquid crystal represents element |
JP2016133675A (en) * | 2015-01-20 | 2016-07-25 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and production method of the same, liquid crystal display element, and retardation film and production method of the same |
KR20240007182A (en) | 2021-05-13 | 2024-01-16 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW201504282A (en) | 2015-02-01 |
CN105164580A (en) | 2015-12-16 |
KR102196272B1 (en) | 2020-12-29 |
JP6459959B2 (en) | 2019-01-30 |
TWI662061B (en) | 2019-06-11 |
CN105164580B (en) | 2019-04-19 |
JPWO2014133154A1 (en) | 2017-02-09 |
KR20150123881A (en) | 2015-11-04 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6414145B2 (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element | |
JP6414053B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment treatment agent | |
JP6459959B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment treatment agent | |
JP6390611B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment treatment agent | |
JP6414215B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment treatment agent | |
WO2015022980A1 (en) | Liquid crystal display element | |
KR101988082B1 (en) | Composition, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element | |
JP6409774B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, and liquid crystal alignment film | |
JP6575510B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment treatment agent | |
JP5950137B2 (en) | Composition, liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 201480024564.7 Country of ref document: CN |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14757161 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2015503058 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20157026534 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14757161 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |